WO2018105397A1 - Wireless communication method and wireless communication device - Google Patents

Wireless communication method and wireless communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018105397A1
WO2018105397A1 PCT/JP2017/041973 JP2017041973W WO2018105397A1 WO 2018105397 A1 WO2018105397 A1 WO 2018105397A1 JP 2017041973 W JP2017041973 W JP 2017041973W WO 2018105397 A1 WO2018105397 A1 WO 2018105397A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sta
pcp
frame
transmission
ssw
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/041973
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
ヤオ ハン ガイアス ウィー
レイ ホァン
裕幸 本塚
誠隆 入江
Original Assignee
パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2017216527A external-priority patent/JP6944852B2/en
Application filed by パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカ filed Critical パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカ
Priority to CN201780074086.4A priority Critical patent/CN110024305B/en
Priority to EP17878628.1A priority patent/EP3550732B1/en
Publication of WO2018105397A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018105397A1/en
Priority to US16/423,221 priority patent/US10911116B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0404Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas the mobile station comprising multiple antennas, e.g. to provide uplink diversity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0686Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0695Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using beam selection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24Cell structures
    • H04W16/28Cell structures using beam steering
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/005Discovery of network devices, e.g. terminals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00Network topologies
    • H04W84/02Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/10Small scale networks; Flat hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/12WLAN [Wireless Local Area Networks]

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a wireless communication method and a wireless communication device.
  • IEEE 802.11 is one of the wireless LAN related standards, and includes, for example, the IEEE802.11ad standard (hereinafter referred to as “11ad standard”) (for example, see Non-Patent Document 1).
  • Beamforming refers to changing the directivity of one or more antennas of a transmitter and a receiver included in a wireless communication device, and setting the antenna directivity so that the communication quality, for example, reception intensity is optimized. This is a communication method.
  • the STA When the conventional STA (Station) does not complete the beam forming in the active scan, the STA (Station) retries the beam forming, for example, in DTI (Data Transmission Interval). In this case, the time until the STA completes discovery of AP / PCP (Access Point / Personal basic service set Control Point) is delayed. In addition, it interferes with other STAs that perform data communication.
  • DTI Data Transmission Interval
  • One aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a wireless communication method and a wireless communication device that reduce a delay in time until discovery is completed.
  • a wireless communication method is a wireless communication method of a wireless communication device, transmitting one or more beacon frames in a beacon transmission period, and in a beamforming training period after the beacon transmission period,
  • the one or more transmission sector sweep frames include information on a discovery request
  • the other ones from the one or more transmission sector sweep frames Information on the first transmission sector selected by the wireless communication device is extracted, and the second transmission sector is selected from the transmission sectors used by the other wireless communication device included in the received one or more transmission sector sweep frames.
  • select the selected second A feedback frame including information on a transmission sector is transmitted using the first transmission sector, and a probe response frame including information on the selected second transmission sector is transmitted in a data transmission period after the beamforming training period. Transmission is performed using the first transmission sector.
  • Block diagram showing an example where an STA performs an active scan and discovers another STA The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan The figure explaining the procedure in which STA performs an active scan regarding Embodiment 1.
  • the figure which shows an example of a format of the SSW frame containing the field (DR 1) which shows a discovery request
  • requirement The figure which shows an example of the format of the Probe response which AP / PCP transmits in DTI
  • a flowchart showing an example of a procedure in which a STA performs discovery for an AP / PCP Block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a communication device Detailed block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a MAC processor The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the figure which shows an example of a format of a DMG beacon The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the figure which shows an example of the format of a SSW frame The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the figure which shows an example of the format of a SSW frame The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the figure which shows an example of the format of a SSW frame The figure which shows another example of the format of a SSW frame
  • the figure which shows an example of the format of Short SSW packet The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the figure which shows an example of the format of Short SSW packet The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the figure which shows an example of a format of a SSW-FB frame The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the figure which shows an example of the format of a Probe response The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the block diagram which shows an example of a structure of a communication apparatus (AP / PCP and STA)
  • the figure which shows an example of a format of a DMG beacon The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP.
  • the figure which shows an example of a format of a DMG beacon The figure which shows another example of the format of a DMG beacon Flow chart showing an example of a procedure for performing discovery by the STA.
  • the figure which shows an example of the procedure which STA performs a discovery The figure which shows an example of the procedure which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP regarding Embodiment 5.
  • the figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan Flow chart showing an example of a procedure for performing discovery by the STA
  • a procedure for finding another STA in order for an STA, which is an example of a wireless communication device, to perform initial connection with another STA is called discovery.
  • discovery A procedure for finding another STA in order for an STA, which is an example of a wireless communication device, to perform initial connection with another STA.
  • a backup wireless line that replaces and / or complements a wired network in a data center, and the like can be considered. Since such applications require high-speed connections, for example, high-speed discovery of 100 msec or less is being studied.
  • IEEE802.11ad which is a 60 GHz millimeter wave communication standard, defines active scan as a discovery procedure.
  • the active scan includes BTI (BeaconeaTransmission Interval) processing, A-BFT (Association-BeamForming Training) period processing, and Probe exchange processing procedures.
  • BTI BeaconeaTransmission Interval
  • A-BFT Association-BeamForming Training
  • FIG. 1 shows an example of a block diagram when the STA 100 performs an active scan and discovers another STA (PEER STA).
  • PEER STA may be an AP or PCP (represented as “AP / PCP”), which is an example of a radio base station (wireless communication device).
  • AP / PCP AP or PCP
  • the STA 100 and the STA 200 may be non-AP / PCP STAs (slave devices, terminals: wireless communication devices).
  • the wireless communication device is described as a wireless base station and a slave (terminal), but the wireless base station may operate as a slave, and the slave is also a wireless base station. It may work.
  • the STA 100 receives or transmits a transmission sector sweep using a DMG (Directional Multi-Gigabit) beacon frame (hereinafter also referred to as “DMG beacon”).
  • DMG beacon Directional Multi-Gigabit beacon frame
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits a plurality of DMG beacons while switching transmission sectors (transmission beams).
  • the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon and measures reception strength and / or reception quality. Note that the STA 100 that performs active scanning may perform a transmission sector sweep in the BTI.
  • the STA 100 transmits or receives a transmission sector sweep (of the STA 100) using an SSW (Sector SWeep) frame.
  • the STA 100 receives or transmits an SSW feedback (SSW-FB) frame.
  • the STA 100 switches the transmission sector (transmission beam) for each SSW frame and transmits the SSW frame.
  • AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame, measures the reception strength and / or reception quality, and transmits the SSW-FB frame including the measurement result to STA 100.
  • the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame and completes the BFT.
  • the STA 100 performs transmission sector sweep in BTI
  • the AP / PCP 300 performs transmission sector sweep in the A-BFT period
  • the STA 100 transmits the SSW-FB frame.
  • the STA 100 that performs the active scan determines a transmission best sector (a beam suitable for transmission) in the BTI and A-BFT periods.
  • the beam indicates the antenna directivity.
  • the STA 100 transmits a Probe request frame (hereinafter may be simply expressed as “Probe request”) in the Probe exchange process.
  • Probe request a Probe request frame
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response frame (hereinafter simply referred to as “Probe response”).
  • the STA 100 performs omni-directional communication. However, since the propagation loss is large in 60 GHz millimeter-wave communication, it may be difficult to make an omnidirectional transmission signal reach the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 100 acquires information related to the connection destination terminal (for example, the AP / PCP 300) and the BSS (Basic Service Set) by the Probe exchange process.
  • the STA 100 determines a connection destination according to the acquired information. For example, the STA 100 determines whether to connect to the AP / PCP 300 or to discover another terminal.
  • the A-BFT period is shared with other STAs that have received the DMG beacon.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan.
  • the BI (beacon interval) includes a BTI, an A-BFT period, and a DTI (Data TransferInterval).
  • the STA 100 and the STA 200 receive a DMG beacon (“DBcn” in the drawing) in the BTI, and perform a transmission sector sweep (transmission of an SSW frame) in the A-BFT period.
  • DBcn DMG beacon
  • the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame transmitted from the AP / PCP 300 to the STA 100, and the STA 200 does not receive the SSW-FB frame.
  • the STA 100 performs Probe exchange processing (processing from sending a Probe request to receiving a Probe response) in the DTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits an ACK frame when the received Probe request does not include an error. Whether or not an error is included in the Probe request may be determined by, for example, FCS (Frame Check Sequence) and / or CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check). The description of ACK is omitted.
  • STA (STA 200) that has not completed BFT may wait for the next BTI (not shown) and retry BFT. However, in this case, since the processing delay reaches at least one beacon interval (for example, 100 msec), the delay is large.
  • the STA 200 may start a sector sweep in the DTI. For example, a STA 200 that has not completed beamforming in the BTI and A-BFT periods (eg, failed due to contention) may perform BFT in the DTI after the A-BFT period.
  • the AP / PCP 300 changes the transmission sector for each DMG beacon (DBcn), and transmits the DMG beacon.
  • the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon.
  • another STA STA 200 may receive the DMG beacon in the same BTI.
  • the SSW frame includes a Frame Control field, a Duration (frame length) field, an RA (Receive (r) Address: reception address) field, a TA (Transmit (ter) Address: transmission address) field, and an SSW (sector sweep). Field, SSW Feedback (SSW-FB) field, FCS (Frame Check Sequence) field.
  • the SSW field contains information on sector sweep.
  • the information on the sector sweep is the transmission sector ID.
  • the SSW-FB field includes a Sector Select (sector selection) subfield, a DMG Antenna Select (DMG antenna selection) subfield, an SNR Report (SNR: signal to noise ratio report) field, a Poll Required (polling request) subfield, and a Discovery Request.
  • Discovery request, described as DR includes a subfield and a reserved subfield.
  • the SSW-FB field When the SSW frame of 11ad standard (not shown) is transmitted during the A-BFT period, the SSW-FB field includes a 7-bit Reserved subfield, whereas the SSW frame of FIG. -The FB field contains a 6-bit reserved subfield and a 1-bit Discovery Request (discovery request) subfield.
  • the sector selection subfield includes a sector ID (first transmission sector) included in the DMG beacon determined as the best quality among the DMG beacons received by the STA 100 during the BTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may determine the sector ID of the best sector by receiving the SSW frame and obtaining the value of the sector selection subfield.
  • the discovery request subfield is used to request the Probe response including the beamforming feedback information to the AP / PCP 300. That is, the discovery request subfield is used to notify AP / PCP 300 that it corresponds to reception of a Probe response frame including beamforming feedback information.
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives one or more SSW frames.
  • the AP / PCP 300 determines the transmission sector ID in the SSW frame with good reception quality among the received SSW frames as the best sector of the transmission source STA (second transmission sector).
  • the transmission sector ID is included in the sector selection subfield of the SSW feedback field.
  • the AP / PCP 300 includes the best sector information in the SSW-FB frame and transmits it to the STA 100.
  • the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame.
  • the STA 100 fails to receive the SSW-FB frame by not detecting a preamble due to, for example, an FCS error due to noise and / or contention with other STA transmission not shown (referred to as a reception error). ) There are cases.
  • the STA 100 does not need to transmit an ACK frame even when it receives an SSW-FB frame. Therefore, it is unknown for the AP / PCP 300 whether or not the STA 100 has received the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT period.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a format of a Probe response transmitted by the AP / PCP in the DTI.
  • the Probe response includes a Frame Body (Probe Response frame body) part. Unlike the frame response body of the 11ad standard, the frame response body of the Probe response in FIG. 5 includes a Beamforming response element.
  • the Beamforming Feedback element includes an Element ID (element ID) field, a Length field, an Element ⁇ ID Extension (element ID extension) field, and an SSW Feedback (SSW-FB) field.
  • the element ID field may be used in determining the type of an element (for example, each element of Timestamp, SSID, Beamforming Feedback, Vendor Specific) included in the Probe Response frame body.
  • the value of the element ID field is defined in the 11ad standard for each element type.
  • An element ID that is not used in the 11ad standard, such as “222”, may be assigned to the element ID for determining the Beamforming Feedback element.
  • the Length field indicates the length of the remaining part of the Beamforming Feedback in octets. For example, the number of octets (3 or 4) obtained by combining the element ID extension field (0 or 1 octet) and the SSW Feedback field (3 octets) is set as the value of the Length field.
  • the element ID extension field may be used instead of the element ID field in order to determine the type of element.
  • the element ID extension field may not be used and the length may be 0 octets.
  • the SSW Feedback field is the same as the 11ad standard SSW-FB field. That is, this is the same as when the DiscoveryDisRequest field is set to Reserved in the SSW Feedback field of FIG.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB field of the Probe response shown in FIG. 5 including the best sector of the STA 100. Therefore, the STA 100 can obtain information on the best sector even when an SSW-FB frame reception error occurs. Further, the probe response frame information includes information on AP / PCP (for example, Capability information: information on supported modulation schemes and transmission rates) and BSS information (for example, available radio bandwidth). Therefore, the STA 100 can complete the active scan even when an SSW-FB frame reception error occurs in the A-BFT period.
  • Capability information information on supported modulation schemes and transmission rates
  • BSS information for example, available radio bandwidth
  • the STA 100 may omit the transmission of the Probe request (see FIG. 3) to reduce the delay.
  • the STA 100 receives a Probe response including beamforming feedback (Beamforming ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Feedback element), and performs communication with the AP / PCP 300 based on information included in the beamforming feedback (for example, the value of the Sector Select field). Determine the best sector to use. Also, since the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300 has been received, the discovery by the active scan procedure for the AP / PCP 300 is completed (success).
  • Beamforming ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Feedback element Beamforming ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Feedback element
  • the STA 100 may execute the following when the discovered AP / PCP is determined as the connection destination after the active scan (additional discovery for other AP / PCP may be performed) is completed. That is, the STA 100 may set the transmission antenna to the best sector determined in the discovery and transmit the association request frame to the AP / PCP.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a Probe response including beamforming feedback in the DTI.
  • the STA 100 may receive a Probe response including beamforming feedback in the DTI even when a reception error occurs in the reception of the SSW-FB frame.
  • the STA 100 can avoid retrying beam forming (SSW transmission) during DTI. Therefore, the delay required for discovery can be shortened.
  • SSW transmission beam forming
  • the STA 100 can receive a Probe response without transmitting a Probe request in DTI. Therefore, the delay required for discovery can be shortened.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 200 performs an active scan in the same BI (BI beacon interval) that the STA 100 is performing an active scan. Note that the description of the same processing as in FIG. 3 in the STA 100 and the AP / PCP 300 is omitted. Also, the description of the case where the STA 200 performs the same process as the STA 100 of FIG. 3 is omitted.
  • the STA 200 receives the DMG beacon in the BTI.
  • the best sector of STA100 and the best sector of STA200 differ. For this reason, each reception quality of the DMG beacon received by the STA 100 is different from each reception quality of the DMG beacon received by the STA 200.
  • the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 100 and the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 200 may be synchronized in transmission timing. Since the STA 100 and the STA 200 have different locations, antenna directions, and / or antenna directivities, the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 100 is AP even if the SSW frames are transmitted at the same time (for example, the same transmission slot).
  • / PCP300 may be reached (received), and the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 200 may not reach the AP / PCP300 (not received) (first SSW frame in FIG. 6).
  • the SSW frames transmitted by the STA 100 and the STA 200 reach the AP / PCP 300 and interfere with each other (referred to as collision or contention), and the AP / PCP 300 may not receive any SSW frame (the second one in FIG. 6). SSW frame).
  • the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 200 may reach (receive) the AP / PCP 300, and the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 100 may not reach (receive) the AP / PCP 300 (the third SSW frame in FIG. 6). ).
  • the AP / PCP 300 uses the transmission sector ID (included in the SSW field in FIG. 4) in the SSW frame with good reception quality among the one or more received SSW frames. Decide on the best sector.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may determine the best sector for each transmission source STA when one or more received SSW frames include a plurality of transmission source STAs.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits an SSW-FB frame according to the received SSW frame in the A-BFT period.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may use the transmission source (transmission source STA) of the received SSW frame as the transmission destination of the SSW-FB frame.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may include the sector ID of the best sector of the transmission source STA determined in the A-BFT period processing in the SSW-FB frame.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may select one of the transmission source STAs and transmit the SSW-FB frame when a plurality of transmission source STAs are included in the plurality of SSW frames received during the A-BFT period.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may select one STA that is the transmission source of the SSW frame having the best reception quality (regardless of the transmission source STA), and may transmit the SSW-FB frame. Even when the A-BFT contention occurs, the STA can receive the SSW-FB frame to know the best sector and exchange the probe.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 and does not transmit the SSW-FB frame to the STA 200.
  • the AP / PCP 300 includes the best sector of the STA 200 in the SSW-FB field of the Probe response in FIG. 5 and transmits the Probe response. As a result, the STA 200 can obtain information on the best sector without receiving the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT period.
  • the Probe Response Frame includes information about the AP / PCP 300 (for example, Capability Information: including information on supported modulation schemes and transmission rates) and BSS information (for example, available wireless bandwidth),
  • Capability Information including information on supported modulation schemes and transmission rates
  • BSS information for example, available wireless bandwidth
  • the STA 200 may reduce the delay by omitting the transmission of the Probe request (see FIG. 2) in the DTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may acquire TXOP (Tx Opportunity: transmission opportunity) for transmitting a plurality of frames in response to transmission of a Probe response addressed to the STA 100 and the STA 200 in the DTI.
  • TXOP Transmission Opportunity: transmission opportunity
  • each STA acquires a TXOP for transmitting a Probe request as shown in FIG. 2
  • TXOPs can be secured in a lump, so that transmission can be made more efficient.
  • the STAs 100 and 200 receive the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300, and complete (success) discovery by the active scan procedure for the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery with respect to the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 100 starts discovery (S001).
  • the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon in BTI (S002).
  • the DMG beacon may be transmitted for the AP / PCP 300 to perform a sector sweep. That is, the AP / PCP 300 may switch the transmission direction of the radio signal by switching the transmission sector, and may transmit one or more DMG beacons.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit an information element and a field indicating that A-BFT is scheduled after BTI in a DMG beacon.
  • the STA 100 may transmit an SSW frame in order to perform sector sweep. That is, the STA 100 may switch the transmission direction of the radio signal by switching the transmission sector and transmit one or more SSW frames. This corresponds to the STA 100 performing a sector sweep in response to the sector sweep using the DMG beacon by the AP / PCP 300, and is called a responder BFT.
  • the STA 100 determines the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 based on the reception quality of the DMG beacon received in the BTI, and transmits the best sector information (for example, sector ID) in the SSW frame during the A-BFT period. Also good.
  • the flow does not transmit the SSW-FB frame (and the Probe response of S012) to the STA 100, and the flow proceeds to S002.
  • the case where the SSW frame is not received may include a case where there is a reception error and / or a case where the reception power is lower than a predetermined threshold.
  • the AP / PCP 300 determines the best sector of the STA 100, and stores the information of the best sector in the memory in preparation for communication with the STA 100. (S006).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 (S007).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to another STA 200.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a Probe response in DTI without transmitting the SSW-FB frame to any STA (see S012).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the best sector notified by the SSW frame in the A-BFT period.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 by including it in the SSW-FB frame.
  • the flow proceeds to S012. Then, the STA 100 waits for reception of a Probe response.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame of S007 corresponding to the SSW frame transmitted in S004 (S008: YES), the information on the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame is prepared for communication with the AP / PCP 300. Is stored in the memory (S009).
  • the STA 100 determines that the initial BFT between the AP / PCP 300 and its own STA 100 is completed (success) (S010). That is, the STA 100 can communicate with the AP / PCP 300 using the best sector. Discovery is ongoing.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits an ACK frame to the STA 100 after SIFS (Short InterFrame Space) (for example, 3 ⁇ sec) (S011).
  • SIFS Short InterFrame Space
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response in DTI (S012).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the probe response including information on the best sector of the STA 100.
  • the STA 100 receives the Probe response of S012 in the DTI.
  • the STA 100 stores the best sector information in the memory in preparation for communication with the AP / PCP 300 (S013).
  • the STA 100 determines that the initial BF is completed (success) (S014). That is, the STA 100 can communicate with the AP / PCP 300 using the best sector.
  • the STA 100 stores the AP / PCP 300 included in the Probe response and the BSS information (scan result) managed by the AP / PCP 300 in the memory (S015).
  • the MAC processor of the STA 100 may notify the host controller of the scan result.
  • the STA 100 completes discovery for the AP / PCP 300 (S016). Since the STA 100 performs discovery for another AP / PCP (not shown), the flow returns to S001 on the same radio channel or after switching the radio channel, and the discovery for other AP / PCP may be repeated. good.
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the STA (communication device) 100.
  • the antenna array transmits and receives radio signals.
  • the reception RF (Radio Frequency) circuit converts the radio signal received by the antenna array into a reception analog baseband signal.
  • the reception RF circuit changes the reception gain (gain) and phase of the signal input from the antenna array in accordance with the reception sector ID (which may be the same sector as the transmission best sector) specified by the PHY reception circuit, and receives the reception antenna. Control the directivity of The reception RF circuit measures the reception quality for each received transmission sector sweep frame.
  • An A / D (analog / digital converter) circuit converts a received analog baseband signal into a received digital baseband signal.
  • a PHY (Physical Layer) receiving circuit performs synchronization, equalization, demodulation and / or decoding processing on the received digital baseband signal to generate received frame data.
  • a MAC (Media Access Control) processor identifies and processes a MAC frame from received frame data.
  • Identifying a MAC frame means determining the type of MAC frame (for example, MAC data frame, DMG beacon, Probe response). Further, in the processing of the MAC frame, for example, error detection is performed by checking FCS (Frame Check Sequence), and data of each field is acquired according to the format of the identified MAC frame. It is included.
  • FCS Frae Check Sequence
  • the MAC processor extracts user data from the MAC data frame and outputs it to the host controller.
  • the MAC processor generates a MAC data frame from user data input from the host controller.
  • a frame generated by the MAC processor is referred to as transmission frame data (for example, including the above-described MAC data frame, SSW frame, and Probe response).
  • the PHY transmission circuit performs encoding, modulation, PHY frame formation and filtering on the transmission frame data to generate a transmission digital baseband signal.
  • a D / A (digital analog converter) circuit converts a transmission digital baseband signal into a transmission analog baseband signal.
  • the transmission RF circuit converts the transmission analog baseband signal into a transmission radio signal. Further, the transmission RF circuit controls the directivity of the transmission antenna by changing the transmission gain (gain) and phase of signals output to the antenna array 1001 according to the transmission sector ID (transmission best sector) designated by the PHY transmission circuit. To do.
  • the host controller controls the MAC processor to generate transmission user data and / or process reception user data.
  • the host controller may generate a Probe request in response to a discovery request from the MAC processor and input it to the MAC processor.
  • FIG. 9 is a detailed block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the MAC processor.
  • the message generation circuit generates a transmission MAC frame, for example, a DMG beacon and an SSW frame.
  • the message processing circuit identifies and processes the received MAC frame.
  • the BFT control circuit controls a message generation circuit, a message processing circuit, a PHY transmission circuit, and a PHY reception circuit during BFT processing, and controls transmission and reception of DMG beacons and SSW frames.
  • the BFT control circuit also outputs a control signal for selecting the AP / PCP or STA transmission best sector based on the reception quality measured by the reception RF circuit to the PHY transmission circuit.
  • DR a discovery request
  • the STA 100 receives the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300 and performs discovery. Can be completed.
  • the STA 100 can complete the BFT even when the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW-FB frame and / or when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame or is difficult to receive. Therefore, the communication quality with the AP / PCP 300 can be improved using the best sector. Also, beamforming retries can be reduced, and interference with the AP / PCP 300 and / or other STAs can be reduced.
  • DR discovery request
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the DMG beacon.
  • the DMG beacon and DMG Beacon frame body are the same as those in the 11ad standard, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the 11ad standard DMG beacon (not shown) includes a 6-bit Reserved subfield in the SSW field, whereas the DMG beacon in FIG. 11 includes a 5-bit reserved subfield and a 1-bit Discovery in the SSW field.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may not transmit a Probe response including beamforming feedback information in the DTI.
  • the STA may wait for a Probe response for a certain period and perform a sector sweep after the certain period.
  • the delay increases due to waiting for a certain period.
  • DRS 0, the STA may perform a sector sweep in DTI. As a result, the STA can omit waiting for a certain period of time and can reduce the delay due to discovery.
  • the STA 100 may transmit the SSW frame including a field or subfield indicating the type of discovery request in the A-BFT period.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STAs 100 and 200 transmit an SSW frame in which DR Type is added during the A-BFT period.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the SSW frame.
  • the Discovery Request field of the SSW frame of FIG. 4 is 1 bit, whereas the Discovery Request field of the SSW frame of FIG. 13 includes two or more bits.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the STA 200 transmits an SSW frame with the value of the Discovery (Request field set to 2 (Discovery request (+ Multi-band)), the AP / PCP 300 that has received the SSW frame receives a Multi-band element in the Probe response in the DTI. Send including
  • the AP / PCP 300 regarding a frequency band (for example, 2.4 GHz band, 5 GHz band) different from the frequency band (for example, 60 GHz band) in which active scanning is performed.
  • a frequency band for example, 2.4 GHz band, 5 GHz band
  • a radio channel number used by a 2.4 GHz band BSS for example, a radio channel number used by a 2.4 GHz band BSS.
  • the STA 200 requests a probe from the AP / PCP 300 in a frequency band (for example, 2.4 GHz band) different from the 60 GHz band based on the information acquired by the Multi-band element.
  • a frequency band for example, 2.4 GHz band
  • an association request frame may be transmitted to establish a 2.4 GHz band connection.
  • the 2.4 GHz band connection may be used as an alternative connection when the 60 GHz band connection is disconnected.
  • the STA 200 can determine a channel for transmitting a 2.4 GHz band Probe request frame or an association request frame based on information of the Multi-band element. Therefore, the STA 200 can shorten the discovery time in the 2.4 GHz band by scanning the corresponding channel in the 2.4 GHz band.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the STA 100 transmits an SSW frame with the value of the Discovery Request field set to 3 (Discovery request (+ Neighbor Report)), the AP / PCP 300 that has received the SSW frame receives a Neighbor Report element in the Probe response in DTI. Send including
  • the STA 100 can obtain information on other AP / PCP 300 around the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 100 may perform active scan by selecting a channel with a high probability that other AP / PCP can be found by active scan. As a result, discovery delay for other AP / PCP 300 can be shortened.
  • the STAs 100 and 200 may request the AP / PCP 300 for additional element types to be included in the Probe request by appropriately setting the value of the Discovery Request field of the SSW frame.
  • the value of the DiscoveryDisRequest field may be associated with the presence and type of the requested element.
  • the Discovery Request field may be defined as a bitmap, and the bit may be associated with the presence / absence of a request for each element. For example, the first bit may be notified as Discovery Request, the second bit as Multi-band element request, and the third bit as Neighbor report element request as 1: Yes, 0: No. .
  • the STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit a field or subfield indicating the number of TRN-R (Receive training) subfields included in the SSW frame in the A-BFT period.
  • TRN-R Receiveive training
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the SSW frame. Compared with the SSW frame in FIG. 4, the SSW frame in FIG. 15 includes a Number of TRN-R subfield, and the number of bits in the Reserved subfield is small.
  • the STA 200 transmits a value including the value corresponding to the number of receiving antenna sectors of the STA 200 in the Number of ⁇ TRN-R subfield of the SSW frame of FIG. For example, 16 times the value of the Number of TRN-R subfield may indicate the number of received sectors of the STA 200.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the STA 200 transmits the SSW frame with the value of the Number of TRN-R subfield set to 1 or more, the AP / PCP 300 that has received the SSW frame responds to the value of the Number of TRN-R subfield in the DTI.
  • a TRN field including a certain number of TRN-R subfields is added to the Probe response and transmitted.
  • the STA 200 When receiving the Probe response with the TRN field added, the STA 200 receives the TRN-R subfield using the reception sector switched for each TRN field, measures the reception quality, and performs the BFT of the reception antenna. Also good. The STA 200 may select the best receiving antenna and receiving sector by receiving beamforming.
  • the STA 200 selects the best transmission antenna and transmission sector based on the beamforming result of the reception antenna. May be.
  • the antenna reciprocity is highly likely that the antenna number to which the best transmission sector belongs and the antenna number to which the best reception sector belongs are the same when the STA 200 includes a plurality of transmission antennas and a plurality of reception antennas. Means the antenna configuration.
  • the first transmission antenna and the first reception antenna have the same cover range (for example, the communication area is in the front direction), and the second transmission antenna and the second reception antenna have the same cover range.
  • the STA 200 performs antenna reciprocation.
  • the first transmitting antenna and the first receiving antenna may be the first antenna for both transmission and reception.
  • the second transmission antenna and the second reception antenna may be a second transmission / reception antenna.
  • the antenna pattern reciprocity means an antenna configuration in which the sector number of the best transmission sector and the sector number of the best reception sector are likely to be the same.
  • the first transmitting antenna and the first receiving antenna have the same directivity pattern.
  • the first transmission / reception shared antenna (antenna array in FIG. 8) has the same directivity pattern during transmission and reception.
  • the STA 200 performs BFT of the receiving antenna using the TRN-R subfield and selects the best receiving sector. Therefore, the STA 200 can improve the communication performance with the AP / PCP 300, and can perform processing after the Probe response (for example, reception of an association response frame (not shown)) at high speed and / or at a low error rate.
  • the Probe response for example, reception of an association response frame (not shown)
  • the STA 200 selects the best transmission sector using the result of performing the BFT of the receiving antenna using the TRN-R subfield. Therefore, even when the STA 200 does not receive the SSW-FB frame, the STA 200 improves the communication performance with the AP / PCP 300, and performs high-speed processing after the Probe response (for example, transmission of an association request frame (not shown)). Can be done at a low error rate.
  • the STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit an SSW frame including the SIFS turnover field or subfield in the A-BFT period.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • SIFS 1 is added to the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 200 in the A-BFT period.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the SSW frame. Compared with the SSW frame of FIG. 4, the SSW frame of FIG. 17 includes the SIFS Turnover subfield and the number of bits of the Reserved subfield is small.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing another example of the format of the SSW frame. Compared with the SSW frame of FIG. 17, the SSW frame of FIG. 18 includes a Discovery Request Type field.
  • the STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit the SSW frame with the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 18 set to 0 instead of setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 17 to 0.
  • the STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit the SSW frame by setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 18 to 1 instead of setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 17 to 1 and the SIFS Turnover field to 0. .
  • the STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit the SSW frame by setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 18 to 2 instead of setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 17 to 1 and the SIFS Turnover field to 1. .
  • the value “3” of the Discovery Request Type field is Reserved.
  • the Reserved setting (Discovery Request Type field value 3) may be used for future function expansion.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame in which the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield is set to 1, the AP / PCP 300 sets the destination address of the Probe response to, for example, a unicast address addressed to the STA 200 and transmits the Probe response in the DTI. .
  • the STA 200 When the STA 200 receives a Probe response including a unicast address as a destination address, the STA 200 transmits an Ack frame after SIFS time (3 ⁇ sec). Before transmitting the Ack frame, the STA 200 analyzes the beamforming feedback information included in the Probe response to determine the best sector, sets the transmission sector to the best sector, and transmits the Ack frame.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame in which the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield is set to 0, the AP / PCP 300 sets the destination address of the Probe response to the broadcast address and transmits the Probe response in the DTI.
  • the STA 100 determines whether the address of the beamforming feedback information included in the Probe response (a MAC address field in FIG. 29 described later) is addressed to the STA 100, and is addressed to the STA 100. If it is, the best sector is determined by analyzing the beamforming feedback information.
  • the address of the beamforming feedback information included in the Probe response a MAC address field in FIG. 29 described later
  • the STA 200 may perform transmission of Ack (not shown) after analyzing beamforming feedback information and setting a transmission sector in the SIFS time. .
  • Ack By transmitting Ack, the STA 200 can perform highly reliable communication.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a Probe response including a unicast address as a destination address, and may retransmit the Probe response when an Ack frame is not received after the SIFS time.
  • the STA 100 may analyze the beamforming feedback information in a time longer than SIFS. Thereby, even a STA with low processing capability can receive a Probe response including beamforming feedback information and complete discovery.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame in which the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield is set to 0 in the A-BFT period from the STA 100, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100, and performs beam feedback as a Probe response in the DTI.
  • the probe response may be transmitted by setting the destination address as the unicast address addressed to the STA 100 without including the information.
  • the STA 100 analyzes the beamforming feedback information after receiving the SSW-FB frame. Therefore, the analysis of the beamforming feedback information when receiving the Probe response may be omitted. Thereby, the STA 100 can transmit the Ack frame after the SIFS time even if the processing capability is low.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame in which the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield is set to 0 from the STA 100 and omits transmission of the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100, the AP / PCP 300 includes the beam forming information of the STA 100 and includes the destination address. A Probe response set to the broadcast address may be transmitted.
  • the STA 100 and the STA 200 may set the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield according to the processing capability for the beam feedback information. Thereby, even when the processing capability for the beam feedback information is low, it is possible to receive the probe response including the beamforming feedback information. Therefore, the delay required for discovery can be shortened.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA performs an active scan on the AP / PCP.
  • the STA 200 may transmit a Short SSW packet including a field indicating a discovery request instead of the SSW frame in the A-BFT period.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the Short SSW packet.
  • the field indicating the discovery request is the same as the discovery request subfield of FIG.
  • the STA 200 Since the Short SSW packet has a shorter packet length than the packet including the SSW frame, the STA 200 transmits more Short SSW packets than the SSW frame while switching the transmission sector for each Short SSW packet in the A-BFT period. Since the STA 200 can perform training of a large number of transmission sectors in the A-BFT period, the accuracy of beam forming is improved. Therefore, the communication quality with the AP / PCP 300 (after receiving the Probe response) is improved.
  • the probability of causing interference to other STAs decreases. This increases the probability that the AP / PCP 300 receives valid SSW frames and Short SSW packets from a plurality of STAs.
  • the STA 200 can receive the Probe response frame and complete the BFT and discovery for the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 200 transmits a Shorthor SSW packet including a field indicating a discovery request. Therefore, when a plurality of STAs perform BFT in the A-BFT period, the delay until receiving the Probe response frame and completing the BFT and discovery for the AP / PCP 300 is shortened with high probability.
  • the STA 200 may transmit a Short SSW packet including a field indicating a discovery request and a control trailer instead of the SSW frame.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 200 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the Short SSW packet.
  • the Short200SSW packet ordinary Short SSW packet
  • the STA 200 includes an L-STF (Legacy Short Training Field), L-CEF (Legacy Channel Estimation Field), L-Header (Legacy Header), and Payload.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a Payload format of a ShortSSSW packet.
  • the Short SSW packet of FIG. 23 includes a control trailer as compared with the Short SSW packet of FIG.
  • the control trailer includes a Discovery Criteria field, a Reserved field, and an error detection code field (CTCS: Control Trailer Check Sequence), which are additional information for performing discovery.
  • the Discovery Criteria field includes a BSS Type subfield, a Short SSID (Service Set IDentifier) subfield, and an RNS Info subfield.
  • BSS Infrastructure BSS
  • the AP / PCP 300 responds to the STA 200 when the value of the BSS ⁇ ⁇ Type subfield of the received Short SSW packet indicates the same type as the BSS of the AP / PCP 300, and omits the response when indicating a different type. good.
  • the STA 200 may select a BSS to be connected according to an application using communication, and set a value of the BSS Type subfield. As a result, responses from access points that are not intended to be connected can be suppressed, discovery delay can be reduced, and transmission of unnecessary packets by the AP / PCP 300 can be reduced.
  • the STA 200 may connect to an Infrastructure BSS access point for transmitting IP packets.
  • the STA 200 may be connected to a PCP of PBSS for performing one-to-one communication with the display.
  • the STA 200 may set the value of the Short SSID field to the 32-bit hash value of the SSID (Service Set IDentifier) (identifier for identifying the BSS) of the access point to be connected, and transmit the Short SSW packet.
  • SSID Service Set IDentifier
  • the AP / PCP 300 responds to the STA 200 when the value of the Short SSID subfield of the received Short SSW packet matches the hash value of the SSID of the BSS of the AP / PCP 300, and omits the response to the STA 200 when they do not match. May be.
  • the STA 200 performs discovery by specifying an AP / PCP from a list of SSIDs of neighboring AP / PCPs provided by other AP / PCPs (not shown) or SSID values obtained by other communication methods. .
  • the STA 200 may determine the value of the RSN Info field so that a part of the field in the RSN element defined in the 11ad standard is included.
  • the value of the RSN Info field includes information on presence / absence of support for security functions (for example, concealment and authentication) in wireless connection and / or parameters.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may respond to the STA 200 when the security function indicated by the RSNRS Info field of the received Short SSW packet is supported, and may omit the response to the STA 200 when the security function is not supported.
  • the STA 200 transmits the Short SSW frame including the value of the Discovery Criteria field.
  • the STA 200 transmits the Short SSW frame including the value of the Discovery Criteria field.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the SSW-FB frame.
  • the SSW-FB frame includes a Frame-Control field, Duration field, RA field, SSW Feedback (SSW-FB) field, BRP Request field, Beamformed Link Maintenance field, and FCS field.
  • SSW-FB SSW Feedback
  • the SSW Feedback field includes a Sector Select subfield, a DMG Antenna Select subfield, an SNR Report subfield, a Poll Required subfield, a Discovery Request ACK (DRA) subfield, and a Reserved subfield.
  • PCP / AP 300 does not need to transmit the SSW-FB frame when it does not receive the SSW frame.
  • the STA 100 determines whether or not to wait for a Probe response in the DTI.
  • a frame for example, ATIM
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to one of the SSW frame transmission source STAs (STA 100 in FIG. 26) in the A-BFT period.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit an SSW-ACK frame to the STA 200 in DTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-ACK frame to the STA 200 that did not transmit the SSW-FB frame, among the SSW frame transmission source STAs 100 and 200.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit an ATIM frame to the STA 200 instead of the SSW-ACK frame in the DTI.
  • the STA 200 When the STA 200 receives the SSW-ACK frame from the AP / PCP 300, it waits for a Probe response. If the STA 200 does not receive the SSW-ACK frame from the AP / PCP 300, the STA 200 may determine that the BFT in the A-BFT period has not been completed, and execute another procedure, for example, beamforming in DTI. Thereby, the STA 200 can avoid waiting for a Probe response, and can avoid an increase in delay. In addition, the STA 200 can reduce power consumption by shifting to a sleep (power save) mode in which standby is stopped until the next BTI.
  • a sleep power save
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit an SSW-ACK frame at the beginning of the DTI.
  • the waiting time for the SSW-ACK frame is shorter than the waiting time for the Probe response. Therefore, the STA 200 can quickly determine whether or not the BFT has been completed, and the standby time can be shortened.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may set an ATI (Announcement transmission interval) between the A-BFT period and the DTI, and may transmit an ATIM frame.
  • the ATI may be set as a shorter period than the DTI. Since the standby time of the ATIM frame in ATI is shorter than the standby time of the Probe response in DTI, the STA 200 can determine whether or not the BFT is completed early, and the standby time can be shortened.
  • the PCP / AP 300 may continuously transmit a Probe response addressed to the STA 100 and the STA 200 at an SBIFS (Short BeamForming Interframe Space) interval (1 ⁇ sec), similarly to the transmission of the DMG beacon and the SSW frame.
  • SBIFS Short BeamForming Interframe Space
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the PCP / AP 300 transmits a Probe response addressed to each STA in a DTI at short intervals such as an SBIFS interval (1 ⁇ sec) or a SIFS interval (3 ⁇ sec).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may set the destination address of the Probe response as a broadcast address. Thereby, since the STA that has received the Probe response can omit the transmission of the ACK frame, the AP / PCP 300 can transmit the Probe response at a short interval.
  • the PCP / AP 300 can efficiently transmit a Probe response to a plurality of STAs, and the STA 100 and the STA 200 can shorten the time required for waiting for a Probe response.
  • the PCP / AP 300 may transmit the beamforming feedback information of a plurality of STAs (for example, the STA 100 and the STA 200) in the Probe response in the DTI.
  • FIG. 28 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram showing an example of the format of a Probe response.
  • the Probe response in FIG. 29 adds a MAC address field to the Beamforming Feedback element as compared with the Probe response in FIG.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may include a plurality of Beamforming Feedback frames in the Probe Response frame body of the Probe response.
  • the AP / PCP 300 includes two Beamforming Feedback frames in the Probe Response frame body, includes beamforming feedback information regarding the STA100 in the first Beamforming Feedback frame, and sets the MAC address field to the MAC address of the STA100.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may include the beam forming feedback information regarding the STA 200 in the second Beamforming Feedback frame, and set the MAC address field to the MAC address of the STA 200.
  • AP / PCP 300 includes the beam forming feedback information of STA 100 and STA 200 in one Probe response, and includes the same sector. May be used.
  • the AP / PCP 300 specified by the feedback information included in the SSW frame by the STA 100 is the same as the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 specified by the feedback information included in the SSW frame by the STA 100
  • the AP / PCP 300 The same sector may be set as the sector used for transmission of the addressed frame and the sector used for transmission of the frame addressed to the STA 200.
  • the AP / PCP 300 includes the information of the Probe responses addressed to a plurality of STAs in each Beamforming Feedback frame of one Probe response. As a result, a delay required for transmitting a plurality of Probe responses (including carrier sense and backoff for each frame) can be reduced to a delay required for transmitting a single Probe response.
  • the PCP / AP 300 may transmit the information requesting the Probe response from the STA 100 by including the Probe response in the DTI.
  • FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the PCP / AP 300 transmits information requesting a Probe response from the STA 100 in the DTI by including it in the Probe response.
  • a 1-bit Solicit Probe Response subfield is added to the Beamforming Feedback field of the Probe response in FIG. 29, and the value of the subfield is set to 1.
  • the Beamforming Feedback field is an example, and the Solicit Probe Response subfield may be added to fields other than the Beamforming Feedback field. Further, the Reserved subfield of fields other than the Beamforming Feedback field may be replaced with a Solicit Probe Response subfield.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives a Probe response in which the Solicit Probe Response subfield is set to 1, after acquiring the transmission right (for example, performing carrier sense), the STA 100 transmits the Probe response to the AP / PCP 300.
  • the AP / PCP 300 omits the transmission of the Probe request addressed to the STA 100 and receives the Probe response. As a result, the AP / PCP 300 can acquire information on the STA 100 by reducing the consumption of radio resources.
  • the PCP / AP 300 may transmit by adding a TRN field including the TRN-R subfield to the Probe response in the DTI. Since the TRN-R subfield has already been described with reference to FIG. 22, description thereof is omitted here.
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 200 may perform reception beamforming training by switching the reception sector for each TRN-R subfield to be received in the DTI.
  • the STA 200 determines the best receiving sector in accordance with the result of receiving beamforming training.
  • the STA 200 can select the best transmission sector from the result of the training of the reception beamforming. good.
  • the best transmission sector determined in this way can be more accurate than the feedback information of the Probe response. Therefore, the STA 200 can improve communication quality.
  • FIG. 32 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the communication devices (AP / PCP 300 and STA 200). Although similar to FIGS. 8 and 9, the PHY transmitter circuit and the PHY receiver circuit are described in detail.
  • the message generation circuit of the MAC processor When the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response in DTI, the message generation circuit of the MAC processor generates frame data (see FIG. 5) of the Probe response and inputs the frame data to the PHY transmission circuit.
  • the PHY transmission circuit generates frame data by encoding and modulating the frame data.
  • the PHY transmission circuit includes a TRN subfield generation unit.
  • the TRN subfield generation unit generates a TRN-R subfield.
  • the PHY transmission circuit combines the frame data and the TRN-R subfield, converts it into an analog signal at D / A, and transmits it from the transmission RF circuit.
  • the BFT module of the MAC processor controls the PHY reception circuit to switch the reception sector for each TRN-R subfield.
  • CONTROL control signal
  • the PHY reception circuit controls the reception RF circuit based on the control signal input from the MAC processor and the information of the PHY header added to the Probe response, and controls the switching of the reception sector.
  • the PHY receiving circuit includes a TRN subfield processor.
  • the TRN subfield processor calculates reception quality (for example, reception signal power, S / N ratio) for each reception sector from the received TRN-R field signal.
  • the PHY receiver circuit notifies the MAC processor of the reception quality for each reception sector calculated by the TRN subfield processor (not shown in the block diagram).
  • the BFT module of the MAC processor may determine the best receiving sector from the reception quality for each receiving sector, and may further determine the best transmitting sector from the antenna pattern reciprocity information.
  • FIG. 33A is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure according to the second embodiment in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 33A shows a case where the AP transmits an SSW-FB frame
  • FIG. 33B shows a case where the AP does not transmit an SSW-FB frame.
  • the AP / PCP 300 changes the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmits one or more DMG beacons.
  • the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon.
  • another STA STA 200 may receive the DMG beacon in the same BTI.
  • the STA 100 may apply the following procedure in the above situations (1), (2), and (3).
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives one or more SSW frames in the DTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 determines the transmission sector ID in the SSW frame with good reception quality among the received SSW frames as the best sector of the transmission source STA.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits information including the determined best sector information to the STA 100 in the SSW-FB frame.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame, the STA 100 transmits the SSW-ACK frame using the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame.
  • the AP / PCP 300 acquires the transmission opportunity (TXOP) after receiving the SSW-Ack for the SSW-FB, and the Probe response Send.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may include beamforming feedback information in the Probe response.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may shorten the Probe response by omitting the beamforming feedback information.
  • the STA 100 receives the probe response frame including the beamforming feedback (Beamforming Feedback element) in the DTI, and based on the information (for example, the value of the Sector Select field) included in the beamforming feedback, the STA 100 and the best sector in communication. To decide. Since the STA 100 has received the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300, the discovery by the active scan procedure for the AP / PCP 300 is completed (success).
  • Beamforming Feedback element Beamforming Feedback element
  • the STA 100 can receive a Probe response in the DTI even if it performs BFT (sector sweep) in the A-BFT period and does not receive the SSW-FB frame. As a result, the STA 100 can omit the BFT retry and reduce the delay required for discovery. Further, the STA 100 can omit the transmission of the Probe request, and can reduce the delay required for discovery.
  • BFT ctor sweep
  • FIG. 33B is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure according to the second embodiment in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the AP / PCP 300 detects a signal from another STA (not shown) at the reception antenna of the AP / PCP 300 before transmitting it to the STA 100 including the best sector information in the SSW-FB frame in the DTI. In order to avoid collision of transmission signals, the SSW-FB frame is not transmitted.
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives an RTS frame and a DMGAPCTS frame from another STA 200 (not shown) before or after receiving the SSW frame from the STA 100, detects that the STA 200 has acquired the transmission right, and further detects the STA 200. If the transmission right for the SSW-FB frame has not expired, the SSW-FB frame is not transmitted.
  • the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300, and therefore does not transmit the SSW-ACK frame.
  • the AP / PCP 300 completes the transmission right held by the STA 100 (used by the STA 100 for transmitting the SSW frame and receiving the SSW-FB frame). After that, the transmission right with the STA 100 is acquired, and the probe response is transmitted including the beamforming feedback information.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame. However, when the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the SSW-ACK frame from the STA 100, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the probe response including the beamforming feedback information.
  • the STA 100 receives the Probe response including the beamforming feedback (Beamforming Feedback element) in the DTI, and selects the best sector to be used for communication with the AP / PCP 300 based on the information included in the beamforming feedback (for example, the value of the Sector Select field). decide. Further, since the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300 has been received, the discovery by the active scan procedure for the AP / PCP 300 is completed (success).
  • Beamforming Feedback element Beamforming Feedback element
  • the STA 100 can receive a probe response of the AP / PCP 300 even when it performs a BFT (eg, sector sweep) during DTI and does not receive an SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300.
  • a BFT eg, sector sweep
  • the STA 100 can omit the BFT retry and can reduce the delay until the start of data communication due to discovery.
  • the STA 100 can omit the transmission of a Probe request, and can reduce the delay until the start of data communication due to discovery.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery in FIGS. 33A and 33B.
  • the STA 100 starts discovery (S101).
  • the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon transmitted from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI (S102).
  • the DMG beacon may be transmitted by the AP / PCP 300 in order to perform a sector sweep. That is, the AP / PCP 300 may switch the transmission direction of the radio signal (DMG beacon) by switching the transmission sector for each DMG beacon, and may transmit one or more DMG beacons. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit an information element and a field indicating whether or not an A-BFT period is scheduled after the BTI in a DMG beacon.
  • the flow proceeds to S201, and the STA 100 performs beam forming in DTI.
  • the transmission opportunity (TXOP) is not obtained in the STA 100 (S103: NO-T2)
  • the flow returns to S102, and the STA 100 may wait for the next BTI without performing beamforming in DTI.
  • the format of the SSW frame is the same as that in FIG.
  • the STA 100 may determine the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 from the reception quality of the DMG beacon of S102 received in the BTI, and transmit the sector ID of the best sector included in the Sector Select subframe of the SSW frame.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 (S203).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to another STA (see FIG. 33A). Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the best sector notified by the SSW frame. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 by including it in the SSW-FB frame. As described above, the AP / PCP 300 may not transmit the SSW-FB frame when detecting a signal from another STA (not shown), for example (see FIG. 33B).
  • the STA 100 when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300 (S204: NO), the STA 100 proceeds to S211 described later (S205: A-3) and waits for reception of the Probe response. If the STA 100 does not receive the Probe response within a predetermined time, the flow proceeds to S201 as in the conventional 11ad standard STA, and the STA 100 may retry the sector sweep in the DTI (S205: A-1) (not shown in FIGS. 33A and 33B), or the flow proceeds to S102, and the STA 100 may retry the sector sweep in the next A-BFT period (S205: A-2) ( 33A and 33B).
  • the case where the SSW-FB frame is not received includes the case where the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW-FB frame.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300 (S204: YES), the STA 100 stores the information of the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame in the memory in preparation for communication with the AP / PCP 300 (S206) (S206) (See FIG. 33A).
  • the STA 100 transmits an SSW-ACK frame to notify the AP / PCP 300 that the SSW-FB frame has been received without error (S207), and the flow proceeds to S208 described later.
  • the STA 100 transmits the SSW frame with the AP / PCP 300 as the transmission destination in the A-BFT period (S104) (FIG. 33A). (Not shown in FIG. 33B).
  • the STA 100 may transmit an SSW frame in order to perform sector sweep. That is, the STA 100 may switch the transmission sector for each SSW frame, switch the transmission direction of the radio signal (SSW frame), and transmit one or more SSW frames. This is called a responder BFT because the STA 100 performs a sector sweep in response to a sector sweep using a DMG beacon by the AP / PCP 300. Further, the STA 100 may determine the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 based on the reception quality of the DMG beacon received in the BTI, and transmit the best sector information (for example, sector ID) in the SSW frame.
  • the flow skips the transmission of the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 and proceeds to S201.
  • the case where the SSW frame here is not received may include a case where there is a reception error and / or a case where the reception power is lower than a threshold value.
  • the AP / PCP 300 determines the best sector of the STA 100, and stores the information of the best sector in the memory in preparation for communication with the STA 100 (S106).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 (S107).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to another STA that has received the SSW frame. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the best sector notified by the SSW frame. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 by including it in the SSW-FB frame.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame in S107 corresponding to the SSW frame transmitted in S104 (S108: YES), the STA 100 stores information on the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame in preparation for communication with the AP / PCP 300. (S109).
  • the STA 100 determines that the initial BFT between the AP / PCP 300 and the STA 100 is complete (successful) (S208). That is, the STA 100 determines that communication with the AP / PCP 300 is possible using the best sector. At this point, discovery has not yet been completed.
  • the STA 100 transmits a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI (S209).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits an ACK frame to the STA 100 after SIFS (3 ⁇ sec) (S210).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response (S211). Note that the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the probe response including information on the best sector of the STA 100.
  • the STA 100 transmits an ACK frame after SIFS (3 ⁇ sec) (S212).
  • the STA 100 stores the AP / PCP 300 included in the Probe response and the BSS information (scan result) managed by the AP / PCP 300 in the memory (S213).
  • the MAC processor of the STA 100 may notify the host controller of the scan result.
  • the STA 100 completes the discovery for the above AP / PCP 300 (S214).
  • the STA 100 may perform discovery with respect to another AP / PCP (not shown), and may switch to the same radio channel or switch radio channels and proceed to S101 to repeat discovery.
  • DMG beacon format in FIG.
  • the STA 100 may transmit a field or subfield indicating the type of discovery request included in the SSW frame in the DTI (see the format of the SSW frame in FIG. 13).
  • the STA 100 may transmit a field or subfield indicating the number of TRN-R subfields in the DTI by including it in the SSW frame (see the format of the SSW frame in FIG. 15).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a TRN field including a number of TRN-R subfields corresponding to the value of the Number-of TRN-R subfield added to the Probe response (the probe response in FIG. 15). See frame).
  • the STA 100 may transmit the SIFS Turnover field or subfield included in the SSW frame in the DTI (see the SSW frame format in FIG. 17).
  • the STA 100 may transmit a Short SSW packet including a Discovery Request field instead of an SSW frame in the DTI (see the format of the Short SSW packet in FIG. 21).
  • the PCP / AP 300 may transmit the information requesting the Probe response from the STA 100 in the Probe response (see FIG. 30).
  • the STA 100 acquires a transmission opportunity (TXOP) and transmits the Probe response to the AP / PCP 300.
  • TXOP transmission opportunity
  • the PCP / AP 300 may transmit by adding a TRN field including the TRN-R subfield to the Probe response in the DTI (see FIG. 31).
  • the STA 100 may switch the receiving sector for each TRN-R subfield in the DTI, receive the TRN-R subfield, and perform training of the receiving sector.
  • the SSW frame is transmitted by changing the transmission sector for each SSW frame.
  • the communication device (AP / PCP 300) transmits a Probe response including information on the BFT result to the communication device (STA 100).
  • the communication apparatus (STA 100) performs beamforming even when the communication apparatus (AP / PCP 300) does not transmit the SSW-FB frame or when there is an SSW-FB frame reception error (FIG. 33B). And complete the discovery. Therefore, the period required for discovery can be shortened.
  • the communication apparatus (STA 100) is ready to start communication with the communication apparatus (AP / PCP 300) by completing beamforming during discovery. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the period required for the procedure until data communication is started.
  • FIG. 35 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure according to the third embodiment in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 100 switches the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmits a DMG beacon in which the value of the Discovery Mode field is set to 1.
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon in which the value of the Discovery Mode field is set to 1 in BTI. Further, the reception quality of the received DMG beacon is measured, and the best sector of the STA 100 is selected.
  • the AP / PCP 300 switches the transmission sector for each SSW frame and transmits the SSW frame during the A-BFT period.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 included in the SSW frame.
  • the STA 100 receives the SSW frame, measures the reception quality of the received SSW frame, and selects the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 based on the measurement result.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives the SSW frame in the A-BFT period, the STA 100 transmits the SSW-FB frame in which the discovery request field is set to 1.
  • the STA 100 may include information on the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 in the SSW-FB frame.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW-FB frame in which the discovery request field is set to 1, it acquires a transmission opportunity (TXOP) and transmits a Probe response to the STA 100.
  • TXOP transmission opportunity
  • the STA 100 receives the Probe response and returns an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300. Thereby, the STA 100 completes the discovery of the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 100 can receive the Probe response by omitting the transmission of the Probe request, and can shorten the time required for discovery.
  • the STA 100 starts discovery (S301).
  • the STA 100 transmits a DMG beacon in which the value of the Discovery Mode field is set to 1 in BTI (S302). That is, the STA 100 may switch the transmission direction of the radio signal (DMG beacon) by switching the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmit one or more DMG beacons. In addition, the STA 100 may transmit an information element and a field indicating whether or not an A-BFT period is scheduled after the BTI in a DMG beacon.
  • DMG beacon radio signal
  • the flow proceeds to S306. In this case, the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit an SSW frame in S305 described later.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon of S302 in the BTI (S303: YES), the AP / PCP 300 measures the reception quality of the received DMG beacon and selects the best sector of the STA 100 according to the measurement result (S304).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW frame to the STA 100 during the A-BFT period (S305).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may switch the transmission sector for each SSW frame and transmit one or more SSW frames. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW frame including information on the best sector of the STA 100 (for example, the reception quality measured in S303). Then, the flow proceeds to S306.
  • the STA 100 may return to S302 and retransmit the DMG beacon. If the SSW frame is not received, the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW frame in S305, and / or the STA 100 receives the SSW frame in S306 due to competition with other STA transmissions or lack of reception sensitivity. The case where it is not received is also included. Note that the STA 100 may end discovery in the current wireless channel or discovery for the AP / PCP 300 when the DMG beacon is retransmitted a predetermined number of times.
  • S306 when the STA 100 receives the SSW frame in the A-BFT period (S306: YES), the STA 100 selects the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 and uses the best sector information in the memory for use in communication with the AP / PCP 300. (S307).
  • the STA 100 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the transmission best sector of the STA 100 notified from the AP / PCP 300 by the SSW frame. Further, the STA 100 may include information on the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 in the SSW-FB frame.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame of S308 in the A-BFT period (S309: YES), the AP / PCP 300 transmits the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 included in the SSW-FB frame for use in communication with the STA 100. Is stored in the memory (S310).
  • the AP / PCP 300 determines that the BFT between its own AP / PCP 300 and the STA 100 is complete (S311).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 in DTI (S312).
  • the flow returns to S312 and the AP / PCP 300 may retransmit the Probe response.
  • the STA 100 does not receive the Probe response, for example, the case where the STA 100 does not transmit the ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 is included.
  • the flow may return to S302, and the STA 100 may retry transmission of the DMG beacon.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives the Probe response in the DTI (S313: YES), the STA 100 transmits an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 (S314).
  • the MAC processor of the STA 100 notifies the host controller of the scan result (for example, the AP / PCP 300 information and reception quality included in the Probe response) (S315).
  • the STA 100 determines that the discovery of the AP / PCP 300 is completed (S316).
  • one of the Reserved bits included in the SSW-FB frame of the 11ad standard may be changed to a field indicating a discovery request.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a field requesting a Probe response from the STA 100 by including the field in the Probe response.
  • the STA 100 may acquire a transmission opportunity and transmit the Probe response to the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 37 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW frame in the A-BFT period, acquires the transmission opportunity (TXOP) after receiving the SSW-FB frame, and acquires the DTI. Then, a Probe response is transmitted to the STA 100.
  • one of the reserved bits included in the 11ad standard DMG beacon may be changed to a field indicating a discovery request.
  • the DMG beacon is defined as Extensible (extensible) in the 11ad standard
  • the field indicating the discovery request may be extended and added without using the Reserved bit.
  • Embodiment 3 FIG. 35
  • the Reserved bit of the SSW-FB frame is not reduced, so that the Reserved bit can be secured for future expansion.
  • the indicated element for example, Requested SSID element
  • FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • TXOP transmission opportunity
  • FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the DMG beacon.
  • one Reserved bit of the SSW field is used as the Discovery Request field.
  • the STA 100 may transmit a Requested SSID element not defined in the 11ad standard in a DMG beacon.
  • the Requested SSID element contains information about the AP / PCP to be discovered.
  • the Requested SSID element includes an SSID field and includes an AP / PCP SSID value.
  • the Requested SSID element may include a Short SSID field.
  • the STA 100 may transmit the DMG Capabilities element included in the DMG beacon.
  • the DMG Capabilities element may be included in the DMG beacon.
  • the radio required for transmitting the DMG beacon increases and is inefficient.
  • the AP / PCP 300 can omit transmission of a Probe request to the STA 100 in acquiring information about the STA 100 (included in the DMG-Capabilities element).
  • the STA 100 includes, in the DMG beacon, an element including information (for example, BSS Type, Short SSID, RSN Info in FIG. 23) that restricts the discovery target instead of or in addition to the Requested SSID element. May be sent.
  • information for example, BSS Type, Short SSID, RSN Info in FIG. 23
  • FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • DRS Discovery Request Supported
  • the STA 100 can determine whether or not to wait for a Probe response after transmitting the SSW-FB frame according to the DRS value included in the SSW frame, thereby avoiding unnecessary waiting and reducing the time required for discovery. .
  • the control trailer may use the format shown in FIG. 23 as an example, and a description thereof is omitted here.
  • FIG. 41 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame with the control trailer added during the A-BFT period.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response in the DTI when the discovery criterion indicated by the value of the control trailer is compatible with the AP / PCP 300 (for example, when the value of Short SSID matches or the value of BSS Type matches). Also good.
  • the STA 100 transmits the SSW-FB frame with the control trailer including information on the discovery standard added. Therefore, for example, it is possible to avoid transmission of a Probe response by an AP / PCP of a BSS that does not conform to an application or an AP / PCP that is not specified, and the occurrence of interference with other STAs (not shown) can be reduced.
  • the STA 100 can omit the transmission of the Probe request, and can avoid the occurrence of backoff or retransmission processing with a large delay, thereby avoiding an increase in time required for discovery.
  • FIG. 42 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon.
  • Another STA (STA 200 not shown) may receive the DMG beacon in the same BTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 communicates with other STAs. If the SSW frame is not received due to transmission competition or the like, or if a reception error occurs in the AP / PCP 300, the AP / PCP 300 omits sending the SSW-FB frame and applies the following procedure. May be.
  • the STA 100 transmits the DMG beacon including the best sector of the AP / PCP 300.
  • FIG. 43 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the DMG beacon.
  • the DMG beacon includes, for example, an SSW field and a DiscoveryDisRequest field.
  • the DMG beacon includes a Beamforming Feedback element.
  • the Beamforming Feedback element includes a field for identifying the element (for example, Element ID, Length, Element ID Extension field), a MAC address field indicating the MAC address of the AP / PCP 300, and an SSW Feedback field including beamforming feedback information.
  • the SSW Feedback field may include the same subfield as the 11SW standard SSW Feedback field.
  • the description of the subfield the description of FIG. 4 may be referred to. Therefore, the description here is omitted.
  • beamforming feedback information for example, the contents of the SSW Feedback field
  • the STA for example, the AP / PCP 300
  • FIG. 44 is a diagram showing another example of the format of the DMG beacon. 44, unlike FIG. 43, the Discovery Request field is included in the SSW Feedback field of the Beamforming Feedback element. As a result, the format of the SSW Feedback field becomes the same as that in FIG.
  • AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to STA 100 in DTI.
  • the STA 100 receives the Probe response and completes the discovery.
  • DR 1
  • FIG. 45 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery.
  • the same processes as those in FIG. 7 (Embodiment 1) are assigned the same numbers, and explanations are omitted.
  • the STA 100 starts discovery (S001).
  • the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon in BTI (S002).
  • the STA 100 transmits an SSW frame (S404).
  • the flow returns to S002 (see the A-BFT period in FIG. 2).
  • the SSW-FB frame (and the Probe response in S012) is not transmitted to the STA 100.
  • the case where the SSW frame is not received includes the case where there is a reception error or the case where the reception power is lower than a predetermined value.
  • the flow may move to S421 described later.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame in S404 (S405: YES), the AP / PCP 300 determines the best sector based on the SSW frame (S406). Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 (S407) (see the A-BFT period in FIG. 2). Then, the flow proceeds to S408.
  • the STA 100 may include scheduling information in the DMG beacon and set a BTI, A-BFT period, and DTI that are different from the scheduling (time) set in the DMG beacon by the AP / PCP 300.
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon in S421, and stores the best sector information included in the DMG beacon in the memory for communication with the STA 100 (S422). This completes the BFT between the STA 100 and the AP / PCP 300 (see DTI in FIG. 42). Then, the AP / PCP 300 omits the transmission of the SSW frame and proceeds to S435 (see the DTI in FIG. 42). This point is different from the case of the third embodiment.
  • S408 when the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300 (S408: YES), it stores the information of the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame in the memory (S431). Then, the STA 100 determines that the initial BFT between the AP / PCP 300 and its own STA 100 is completed (successful) (S432).
  • the processes of S432 and S432 are the same as the processes of S009 and S010 of FIG. 7, respectively.
  • the STA 100 transmits a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in DTI (S433).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits an ACK frame after SIFS (3 ⁇ sec) (S434).
  • SIFS 3 ⁇ sec
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 (S435).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may measure the reception quality of the DMG beacon in S422 to determine the best sector of the STA 100, and may include the best sector information of the STA 100 in the Probe response in S012 (see the DTI in FIG. 42). ).
  • the STA 100 receives the Probe response in S435 and transmits an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 after SIFS (3 ⁇ sec) (S436).
  • the STA 100 stores the scan result included in the Probe response in S436 in the memory (S437).
  • the process of S437 is the same as the process of S015 of FIG.
  • STA 100 completes discovery for the AP / PCP 300 (S438).
  • the process of S438 is the same as the process of S016 of FIG.
  • the STA 100 may transmit an element indicating a discovery criterion included in the DMG beacon in the DTI (see Modification 3-2 of Embodiment 3).
  • the STA 100 may transmit a DMG beacon including a field or subfield indicating the type of discovery request in the DTI (see Modification 1-2 of Embodiment 1, FIG. 13).
  • the AP / PCP 300 may transmit additional information according to the type of discovery request in the Probe response in the DTI.
  • the STA 100 may transmit a DMG beacon including a field indicating the number of TRN-R subfields or a subfield in the DTI (see FIGS. 14 and 15).
  • the PCP / AP 300 may transmit information requesting a Probe response from the STA 100 in the DTI by including it in the Probe response (see FIG. 30).
  • the PCP / AP 300 uses information related to the BSS (for example, DMG Capabilities of the AP / PCP 300 that is information included in the Probe response, information necessary for the STA 100 to complete discovery) instead of the Probe response in FIG.
  • An included DMG beacon may be transmitted.
  • FIG. 46 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery.
  • the PCP / AP 300 transmits a DMG beacon including information related to the BSS instead of the Probe response in the DTI of FIG.
  • the DMG beacon may include all or part of the elements included in the Probe response.
  • the STA 100 acquires information used for discovery of the AP / PCP 300 by receiving the DMG beacon transmitted by the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI, and completes the discovery.
  • other STAs receive the DMG beacon transmitted by the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI, thereby omitting the DMG beacon transmission from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI to the DMG beacon transmitted by the STA 100 in the DTI. You may complete the discovery.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may not include all BSS information in the DMG beacon to be transmitted (may be partially included), and may include all BSS information in the DMG beacon transmitted in the DTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 since the AP / PCP 300 repeatedly transmits the DMG beacon in the BTI for each BI (that is, because the number of transmissions is large), the consumption of many radio resources can be suppressed by not including information on all the BSSs. .
  • the STA 100 when the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI and does not complete the BFT in the A-BFT period, the STA 100 indicates the discovery request including the best sector information in the DTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 can acquire the best sector information, omits the transmission of the SSW frame and the reception of the SSW-FB frame (see Embodiment 3) in the A-BFT period, and transmits the Probe response in the DTI. it can.
  • the probe response is transmitted by omitting the transmission of the SSW frame in the DTI.
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits the BFT in the A-BFT period.
  • AP / PCP 300 transmits a shortened information related to the BSS in the SSW frame and the Short SSW packet in the A-BFT period instead of the Probe response, and reduces the discovery time in STA 100. explain.
  • FIG. 47 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure of the fifth embodiment in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
  • AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon in DTI.
  • FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating an example of a format of a Short SSW packet including shortened information related to the BSS. Note that the description of the same fields and subfields as in FIG. 23 is omitted.
  • the Short SSW packet includes a control trailer, and the control trailer includes, for example, a Reduced Discovery Information field.
  • the Reduced Discovery Information field includes information necessary for the STA 100 to complete discovery, for example, BSS Type, Short SSID, RSN Info, and Reduced Capabilities fields.
  • the Reduced Capabilities field includes, for example, information necessary for performing initial connection (Association, Authentication) after the STA 100 completes discovery.
  • Information necessary for performing initial connection (Association, Authentication) after the STA 100 completes discovery.
  • the authentication procedure and security algorithm type supported by the AP / PCP 300 are included.
  • the Reduced Capabilities field includes, for example, a DMG Privacy field, an ECAPC (Extended centralized access point, or personal, basic service, set control, point cluster, and Policy fields.
  • ECAPC Extended centralized access point, or personal, basic service, set control, point cluster, and Policy fields.
  • the STA 100 receives the Short SSW packet including the shortened information related to the BSS in the A-BFT period of FIG.
  • the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit a Probe request based on the received shortened information regarding the BSS. For example, since the Reduced Capabilities field does not include all information related to the AP / PCP 300, when the information related to the function used by the STA 100 is not included in the Reduced Capabilities field, it is determined that the Probe request is transmitted in the DTI.
  • the Reduced Capabilities field includes a bit indicating whether or not the AP / PCP 300 supports each optional function regarding a plurality of optional functions of the AP / PCP 300, but does not include a parameter regarding each optional function.
  • the STA 100 may use an optional function supported by the AP / PCP 300, and may transmit a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI when an additional parameter related to the optional function is insufficient.
  • the STA 100 can acquire additional parameters related to optional functions by receiving the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 100 omits sending the Probe request to the AP / PCP 300. Also good.
  • the STA 100 may determine whether to send a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 according to the type of the optional function to be used.
  • the STA 100 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to the AP / PCP 300 when receiving the SSW frame and the Short SSW packet in the A-BFT period.
  • DR discovery request field
  • the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit a Probe request in the DTI based on the shortened information related to the BSS, the transmission of unnecessary Probe requests is reduced, the delay required for discovery is shortened, and other STAs are notified. The interference given can be reduced.
  • the same processes as those in FIG. 36 of the third embodiment are given the same numbers, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the STA 100 starts discovery (S301).
  • the STA 100 transmits a DMG beacon in which the value of the Discovery Mode field is set to 1 in BTI (S302).
  • the flow proceeds to S506 described later.
  • the AP / PCP 300 omits transmission of the Short SSW frame in S505 described later.
  • the AP / PCP 300 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon in S302 in the BTI (S303: YES), the AP / PCP 300 selects the best sector (S304). Then, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Short SSW packet to the STA 100 in the A-BFT period (S505). Note that the AP / PCP 300 may switch the transmission sector for each Short SSW packet and transmit the Short SSW packet. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information of the best sector (for example, measured by the DMG beacon in S303) of the STA 100 in the Short SSW packet.
  • the AP / PCP 300 may add a control trailer to the Short SSW packet and transmit the BSS including shortened information. Good.
  • the flow returns to S302, and the STA 100 may retry transmission of the DMG beacon. If the Short SSW packet is not received here, the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the Short SSW packet in S505, and / or due to contention with other STA transmissions or lack of reception sensitivity. The case where the STA 100 does not receive the Short SSW packet may be included. Note that, when the STA 100 performs a predetermined number of trials, the STA 100 may end the discovery of the corresponding wireless channel and the AP / PCP 300.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives the Short SSW packet during the A-BFT period (S506: YES), the STA 100 selects the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 and stores the information of the best sector in the memory for future use with the AP / PCP 300. To store. Also, the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit a Probe request based on the shortened information regarding the BSS included in the control trailer of the Short SSW packet (S507). In S507, when the STA 100 determines not to transmit the Probe request, the flow may proceed to S517 and complete the discovery.
  • the STA 100 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the AP / PCP 300 (S508).
  • the AP / PCP 300 when the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame in S508 (S509: YES), the AP / PCP 300 stores the information of the transmission best sector included in the SSW-FB frame in the memory (S510). If the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the SSW-FB frame in S508, the flow may return to S302 (S509: NO-1). Alternatively, in this case, the flow may proceed to S517 to complete discovery (S509: NO-2).
  • the AP / PCP 300 determines that the BFT between its own AP / PCP 300 and the STA 100 has been completed (S511).
  • the STA 100 determines to transmit the Probe request in S507 (S5121: NO)
  • the STA 100 transmits the Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 (S512-2), and the flow proceeds to S513.
  • the STA 100 determines in S507 that transmission of the Probe request is omitted, the processing of S512-2 is not performed (S5121: YES), and the flow proceeds to S517 and the discovery is completed.
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request in S512 and transmits an ACK frame to the STA after SIFS (S513).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 (S514).
  • the STA 100 receives the Probe response in S514, and transmits an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 after SIFS (S515).
  • the MAC processor of the STA 100 notifies the host controller of the scan result (for example, the AP / PCP 300 information and reception quality included in the Probe response) (S516).
  • the STA 100 completes the discovery of the AP / PCP 300 (S517).
  • FIG. 50 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the communication devices (AP / PCP 300 and STA 100). The description of the same components as those in FIG. 32 is omitted.
  • the MAC processor includes a control trailer message generation circuit and a control trailer message processing circuit.
  • the control trailer message generation circuit of the AP / PCP 300 In the A-BFT period, the control trailer message generation circuit of the AP / PCP 300 generates shortened information related to the BSS based on the information related to the BSS (for example, input from the host controller), and the data of the control trailer (see FIG. 48). Is input to the PHY transmission circuit.
  • the PHY transmission circuit encodes and / or modulates the data of the control trailer, adds it to the ShorthorSSW packet, and transmits it.
  • the STA 100 receives the Short SSW packet to which the control trailer is added, and the PHY receiver circuit demodulates and / or decodes the Short SSW packet body and the control trailer, and the Short SSW data and control Trailer data is generated and input to the MAC processor.
  • the control trailer message processing circuit generates shortened information regarding the BSS from the data of the control trailer and outputs it to the host.
  • the message generation circuit determines to transmit a Probe response based on the received shortened information regarding the BSS, it generates Probe request data and inputs it to the PHY transmission circuit.
  • the HOST receives the shortened information related to the received BSS and the probe response information (Probe request) as a result of discovery.
  • the STA 100 may include in the DMG beacon a field indicating whether to support reception of a Short SSW packet to which a control trailer including shortened information related to the BSS is added in the BTI.
  • information included in the control trailer in the A-BFT period may be discovery information defined in FILS (First Initial Link Setup Standard, IEEE802.11ai).
  • the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300 may be received.
  • the STA 100 may determine that the AP / PCP 300 is not a discovery target based on the shortened information regarding the BSS received in the A-BFT period, and may stop transmitting the Probe request.
  • the BSS Type is not compatible with the BSS Type corresponding to the application used by the STA 100.
  • the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit a Probe request based on the shortened information regarding the BSS received during the A-BFT period. Thereby, transmission of unnecessary Probe requests can be reduced, a delay required for discovery can be shortened, and interference given to other STAs can be reduced.
  • FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan.
  • the AP / PCP 300 switches the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmits the DMG beacon.
  • the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon in the BTI and determines the best sector of the AP / PCP 300.
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame and determines the best sector of the STA 100.
  • the AP / PCP 300 includes the information on the best sector of the STA 100 in the SSW-FB frame, and transmits it by adding a control trailer.
  • the control trailer includes shortened information regarding the BSS (see FIG. 48).
  • the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame with the control trailer added during the A-BFT period.
  • the control trailer is demodulated and / or decoded to obtain shortened information about the BSS.
  • the STA 100 determines whether to request the probe response information from the AP / PCP 300 based on the shortened information regarding the BSS. That is, it is determined whether or not to transmit a Probe request frame.
  • the STA 100 When the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI, the STA 100 acquires the shortened information about the BSS by using the SSW-FB frame before performing the probe exchange (transmitting the probe request frame and receiving the probe response). , It is determined whether the AP / PCP 300 is a discovery target AP / PCP. Therefore, since unnecessary probe exchange is not performed, the delay required for discovery can be shortened, and interference with other STAs (not shown) can be suppressed.
  • the STA (for example, the STA 100) corresponding to the reception of the control trailer demodulates and / or decodes the control trailer, and acquires the shortened information regarding the BSS.
  • An STA (not shown) that does not support reception of the control trailer receives the SSW-FB frame and discards the control trailer.
  • the STA 100 may transmit a Short SSW packet instead of the SSW frame in the A-BFT period.
  • FIG. 52 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery.
  • the same processing as in FIG. 7 (Embodiment 1) may be assigned the same number and description thereof may be omitted.
  • the STA 100 starts discovery (S001), and executes the same processing as S002 to S004 in FIG.
  • the STA 100 when the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame in S607 (S608: YES), the STA 100 stores the best sector information included in the SSW-FB frame in the memory in preparation for communication with the AP / PCP 300 (FIG. 51). (See A-BFT period). Further, when the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame including the control trailer, the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit the Probe request based on the shortened information regarding the BSS included in the control trailer (S609) (A- in FIG. 51). See BFT period).
  • the STA 100 determines that the initial BFT between the AP / PCP 300 and its own STA 100 is completed (successful) (S610).
  • the STA 100 determines to transmit a Probe request in S609 (S611-1: NO)
  • the STA 100 transmits a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI (S611-2) (see the DTI in FIG. 2).
  • the flow proceeds to S612. If the STA 100 determines not to transmit a Probe request in S609 (S611-1: YES), the flow proceeds to S616, and the discovery of the AP / PCP 300 may be completed (see DTI in FIG. 51).
  • the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request in S612 in the DTI, and transmits an ACK frame to the STA 100 after SIFS (S612) (see the DTI in FIG. 2).
  • the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 in DTI (S613).
  • the STA 100 receives the Probe response of S613 in the DTI, and transmits an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 after SIFS (S614).
  • the STA 100 stores the scan result included in the Probe response in the memory (S615).
  • the STA 100 completes discovery for the AP / PCP 300 (S616).
  • the STA 100 may perform discovery for another AP / PCP (not shown), and may return to S001 by repeating the discovery by repeating the same radio channel or switching the radio channel.
  • the AP / PCP 300 adds information indicating whether or not to support transmission of the SSW-FB frame including the shortened information related to the BSS (see the A-BFT period in FIG. 51) with the addition of the control trailer (see BTI in FIG. 51). ).
  • the STA 100 may include a field indicating that the Probe response of the first embodiment is requested in the SSW frame.
  • the STA 100 requests a field indicating whether to request either the Probe response of the first embodiment or the shortened information related to the BSS included in the control trailer of the sixth embodiment or not to the SSW frame. May be included.
  • the STA 100 may transmit a Short SSW packet instead of the SSW frame.
  • the STA 100 may determine that the AP / PCP 300 is not a discovery target based on the shortened information regarding the BSS received during the A-BFT period, and may stop transmitting the Probe request. For example, this is a case where the BSS Type does not match the BSS ⁇ ⁇ Type corresponding to the application used by the STA 100.
  • the SSW-FB to which the control trailer including the shortened information regarding the BSS is added. Send a frame.
  • the STA 100 can acquire the shortened information regarding the BSS before performing the probe exchange, and determine whether the AP / PCP 300 is the discovery target AP / PCP. Therefore, since unnecessary probe exchange is not performed, the delay required for discovery can be shortened, and interference with other STAs (not shown) can be suppressed.
  • Each functional block used in the description of the above embodiment is typically realized as an LSI which is an integrated circuit. These may be individually made into one chip, or may be made into one chip so as to include a part or all of them.
  • the name used here is LSI, but it may also be called IC, system LSI, super LSI, or ultra LSI depending on the degree of integration.
  • the method of circuit integration is not limited to LSI, and implementation with a dedicated circuit or a general-purpose processor is also possible.
  • An FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a reconfigurable processor that can reconfigure the connection and setting of circuit cells inside the LSI may be used.
  • One aspect of the present disclosure is suitable for a communication system compliant with a Wi-Fi standard to be created in the future, for example, the IEEE 802.11ay standard.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A wireless communication device that: transmits a beacon frame during a beacon transmission interval (BTI); receives a transmission sector sweep (SSW) frame from another wireless communication device during a beamforming training (BFT) interval after the BTI and, when discovery request information is included in the transmission SSW frame, extracts, from the transmission SSW frame, information about a first transmission sector selected by the other wireless communication device, and selects a second transmission sector from the transmission sectors used by the other wireless communication device and included in the transmission SSW frame; uses the first transmission sector to transmit a feedback frame that included information pertaining to the selected second transmission sector, during a BFT interval; and uses the first transmission sector to transmit a probe response frame that includes information about the selected second transmission sector, during a data transmission interval after the BFT interval.

Description

無線通信方法、および無線通信装置Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus
 本開示は、無線通信方法および無線通信装置に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a wireless communication method and a wireless communication device.
 IEEE 802.11は、無線LAN関連規格の1つであり、その中に、例えば、IEEE802.11ad規格(以下「11ad規格」という)がある(例えば、非特許文献1を参照)。 IEEE 802.11 is one of the wireless LAN related standards, and includes, for example, the IEEE802.11ad standard (hereinafter referred to as “11ad standard”) (for example, see Non-Patent Document 1).
 11ad規格ではビームフォーミング(BF)技術が用いられている。ビームフォーミングとは、無線通信装置に含まれる送信部及び受信部の1つ以上のアンテナの指向性をそれぞれ変化させて、通信品質、例えば受信強度が最適になるように、アンテナの指向性を設定して通信を行う方式である。 The beam forming (BF) technology is used in the 11ad standard. Beamforming refers to changing the directivity of one or more antennas of a transmitter and a receiver included in a wireless communication device, and setting the antenna directivity so that the communication quality, for example, reception intensity is optimized. This is a communication method.
 従来のSTA(Station)は、アクティブスキャンにおいて、ビームフォーミングを完了しなかった場合、例えばDTI(Data Transmission Interval:データ送信期間)において、ビームフォーミングを再試行する。この場合、STAがAP/PCP(Access Point/Personal basic service set Control Point)のディスカバリを完了するまでの時間が遅延する。また、データ通信を行う他のSTAへ干渉を与える。 When the conventional STA (Station) does not complete the beam forming in the active scan, the STA (Station) retries the beam forming, for example, in DTI (Data Transmission Interval). In this case, the time until the STA completes discovery of AP / PCP (Access Point / Personal basic service set Control Point) is delayed. In addition, it interferes with other STAs that perform data communication.
 本開示の一態様は、ディスカバリを完了するまでの時間の遅延を低減する無線通信方法および無線通信装置を提供することである。 One aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a wireless communication method and a wireless communication device that reduce a delay in time until discovery is completed.
 本開示の一態様に係る無線通信方法は、無線通信装置の無線通信方法であって、ビーコン送信期間において、1つ以上のビーコンフレームを送信し、前記ビーコン送信期間後のビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において、他の無線通信装置から1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームを受信し、前記1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームにディスカバリ要求に関する情報が含まれる場合、前記1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームから前記他の無線通信装置によって選択された第1の送信セクタに関する情報を抽出し、前記受信した1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームに含まれる前記他の無線通信装置が用いた送信セクタから第2の送信セクタを選択し、前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において、前記選択した第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むフィードバックフレームを前記第1の送信セクタを用いて送信し、前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間後のデータ送信期間において、前記選択した第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むプローブ応答フレームを前記第1の送信セクタを用いて送信する。 A wireless communication method according to an aspect of the present disclosure is a wireless communication method of a wireless communication device, transmitting one or more beacon frames in a beacon transmission period, and in a beamforming training period after the beacon transmission period, When one or more transmission sector sweep frames are received from another wireless communication device, and the one or more transmission sector sweep frames include information on a discovery request, the other ones from the one or more transmission sector sweep frames Information on the first transmission sector selected by the wireless communication device is extracted, and the second transmission sector is selected from the transmission sectors used by the other wireless communication device included in the received one or more transmission sector sweep frames. In the beamforming training period, select the selected second A feedback frame including information on a transmission sector is transmitted using the first transmission sector, and a probe response frame including information on the selected second transmission sector is transmitted in a data transmission period after the beamforming training period. Transmission is performed using the first transmission sector.
 なお、これらの包括的または具体的な態様は、システム、装置、方法、集積回路、コンピュータプログラム、または、記録媒体で実現されてもよく、システム、装置、方法、集積回路、コンピュータプログラムおよび記録媒体の任意な組み合わせで実現されてもよい。 Note that these comprehensive or specific modes may be realized by a system, apparatus, method, integrated circuit, computer program, or recording medium, and the system, apparatus, method, integrated circuit, computer program, and recording medium. It may be realized by any combination of the above.
 本開示の一態様によれば、ディスカバリを完了するまでの時間の遅延を低減できる。 According to one aspect of the present disclosure, it is possible to reduce a delay in time until discovery is completed.
 本開示の一態様における更なる利点および効果は、明細書および図面から明らかにされる。かかる利点および/または効果は、いくつかの実施形態並びに明細書および図面に記載された特徴によってそれぞれ提供されるが、1つまたはそれ以上の同一の特徴を得るために必ずしも全てが提供される必要はない。 Further advantages and effects of one aspect of the present disclosure will become apparent from the specification and drawings. Such advantages and / or effects are provided by some embodiments and features described in the description and drawings, respectively, but all need to be provided in order to obtain one or more identical features. There is no.
STAがアクティブスキャンを行い、他のSTAを発見する例を示すブロック図Block diagram showing an example where an STA performs an active scan and discovers another STA STAがアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan 実施の形態1に関し、STAがアクティブスキャンを行う手順を説明する図The figure explaining the procedure in which STA performs an active scan regarding Embodiment 1. ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of a format of the SSW frame containing the field (DR = 1) which shows a discovery request | requirement AP/PCPがDTIにおいて送信するProbe応答のフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the format of the Probe response which AP / PCP transmits in DTI STAがアクティブスキャンを行っているBI(ビーコン間隔)と同じBIにおいて、STAがアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure which STA performs an active scan in the same BI as BI (beacon interval) which STA is performing an active scan STAがAP/PCPに対してディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートA flowchart showing an example of a procedure in which a STA performs discovery for an AP / PCP 通信装置の構成の一例を示すブロック図Block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a communication device MACプロセッサの構成の一例を示す詳細ブロック図Detailed block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a MAC processor STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. DMGビーコンのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of a format of a DMG beacon STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. SSWフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the format of a SSW frame STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. SSWフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the format of a SSW frame STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. SSWフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the format of a SSW frame SSWフレームのフォーマットの別の例を示す図The figure which shows another example of the format of a SSW frame STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. Short SSWパケットのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the format of Short SSW packet STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. Short SSWパケットのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the format of Short SSW packet STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. SSW-FBフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of a format of a SSW-FB frame STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. Probe応答のフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the format of a Probe response STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. 通信装置(AP/PCP及びSTA)の構成の一例を示すブロック図The block diagram which shows an example of a structure of a communication apparatus (AP / PCP and STA) 実施の形態2に関し、STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP regarding Embodiment 2. STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. STAがディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートFlow chart showing an example of a procedure for performing discovery by the STA 実施の形態3に関し、STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP regarding Embodiment 3. STAがDiscovery Mode=1のアクティブスキャンによりディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートA flowchart showing an example of a procedure in which a STA performs discovery by an active scan of Discovery Mode = 1 STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. DMGビーコンのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of a format of a DMG beacon STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP. 実施の形態4に関し、STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP regarding Embodiment 4. DMGビーコンのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of a format of a DMG beacon DMGビーコンのフォーマットの別の例を示す図The figure which shows another example of the format of a DMG beacon STAがディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートFlow chart showing an example of a procedure for performing discovery by the STA STAがディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure which STA performs a discovery 実施の形態5に関し、STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure which STA performs an active scan with respect to AP / PCP regarding Embodiment 5. BSSに関する短縮情報を含むShort SSWパケットのフォーマットの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of a format of Short SSW packet containing shortened information about BSS STAがDiscovery Mode=1のアクティブスキャンによりディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートA flowchart showing an example of a procedure in which a STA performs discovery by an active scan of Discovery Mode = 1 通信装置(AP/PCP及びSTA)の構成の一例を示すブロック図The block diagram which shows an example of a structure of a communication apparatus (AP / PCP and STA) STAがアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the procedure in which STA performs an active scan STAがディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートFlow chart showing an example of a procedure for performing discovery by the STA
 以下、図面を適宜参照して、本発明の実施の形態について、詳細に説明する。但し、必要以上に詳細な説明は省略する場合がある。例えば、既によく知られた事項の詳細説明や実質的に同一の構成に対する重複説明を省略する場合がある。これは、以下の説明が不必要に冗長になるのを避け、当業者の理解を容易にするためである。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings as appropriate. However, more detailed description than necessary may be omitted. For example, detailed descriptions of already well-known matters and repeated descriptions for substantially the same configuration may be omitted. This is to avoid the following description from becoming unnecessarily redundant and to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
 なお、添付図面および以下の説明は、当業者が本開示を十分に理解するために、提供されるのであって、これらにより特許請求の範囲に記載の主題を限定することは意図されていない。 It should be noted that the accompanying drawings and the following description are provided for those skilled in the art to fully understand the present disclosure, and are not intended to limit the claimed subject matter.
 無線通信装置の一例であるSTAが他のSTAと初期接続を行うために、他のSTAを発見する手順をディスカバリという。60GHzミリ波通信を用いたアプリケーションとして、例えば、高速接続が要求される自動改札機におけるデータダウンロード、及び、データセンターにおいて有線ネットワークを代替および/または補完するバックアップ無線回線等が考えられる。このようなアプリケーションでは高速な接続が求められるため、例えば100msec以下の高速なディスカバリが検討されている。 A procedure for finding another STA in order for an STA, which is an example of a wireless communication device, to perform initial connection with another STA is called discovery. As an application using 60 GHz millimeter wave communication, for example, data download in an automatic ticket gate requiring high-speed connection, a backup wireless line that replaces and / or complements a wired network in a data center, and the like can be considered. Since such applications require high-speed connections, for example, high-speed discovery of 100 msec or less is being studied.
 60GHzミリ波通信規格であるIEEE802.11adは、ディスカバリの手順としてアクティブスキャンを規定する。アクティブスキャンでは、BTI(Beacon Transmission Interval)の処理、A-BFT(Association-BeamForming Training)期間の処理、及びProbe交換処理の手順を含む。 IEEE802.11ad, which is a 60 GHz millimeter wave communication standard, defines active scan as a discovery procedure. The active scan includes BTI (BeaconeaTransmission Interval) processing, A-BFT (Association-BeamForming Training) period processing, and Probe exchange processing procedures.
 図1は、STA100がアクティブスキャンを行い、他のSTA(PEER STA)を発見(ディスカバリ)する場合のブロック図の一例を示す。なお、他のアクティブスキャンを行うSTA(STA200)が共存する場合がある。PEER STAは、無線基地局(無線通信装置)の一例であるAPまたはPCP(「AP/PCP」と表現する)であってもよい。また、STA100及びSTA200は非AP/PCPのSTA(子機、端末:無線通信装置)であってもよい。なお、説明を簡単にするために、無線通信装置を、無線基地局、子機(端末)と記載するが、無線基地局は子機として動作してもよいし、子機も無線基地局として動作してもよい。 FIG. 1 shows an example of a block diagram when the STA 100 performs an active scan and discovers another STA (PEER STA). Note that there may be other STAs (STAs 200) that perform active scanning coexist. PEER STA may be an AP or PCP (represented as “AP / PCP”), which is an example of a radio base station (wireless communication device). Further, the STA 100 and the STA 200 may be non-AP / PCP STAs (slave devices, terminals: wireless communication devices). In order to simplify the description, the wireless communication device is described as a wireless base station and a slave (terminal), but the wireless base station may operate as a slave, and the slave is also a wireless base station. It may work.
 BTIにおいて、STA100は、DMG(Directional Multi-Gigabit)ビーコンフレーム(以下「DMGビーコン」と表現する場合がある)を用いた送信セクタスイープを受信または送信する。 In BTI, the STA 100 receives or transmits a transmission sector sweep using a DMG (Directional Multi-Gigabit) beacon frame (hereinafter also referred to as “DMG beacon”).
 なお、AP/PCP300は、送信セクタ(送信ビーム)を切り換えながら複数のDMGビーコンを送信する。STA100は、DMGビーコンを受信し、受信強度および/または受信品質を測定する。なお、アクティブスキャンを行うSTA100がBTIにおいて送信セクタスイープを行う場合もある。 The AP / PCP 300 transmits a plurality of DMG beacons while switching transmission sectors (transmission beams). The STA 100 receives the DMG beacon and measures reception strength and / or reception quality. Note that the STA 100 that performs active scanning may perform a transmission sector sweep in the BTI.
 A-BFT期間において、STA100は、SSW(Sector SWeep)フレームを用いた(STA100の)送信セクタスイープを送信または受信する。また、STA100はSSWフィードバック(SSW-FB)フレームを受信または送信する。 In the A-BFT period, the STA 100 transmits or receives a transmission sector sweep (of the STA 100) using an SSW (Sector SWeep) frame. The STA 100 receives or transmits an SSW feedback (SSW-FB) frame.
 なお、STA100は、SSWフレーム毎に送信セクタ(送信ビーム)を切り換え、SSWフレームを送信する。AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームを受信し、受信強度および/または受信品質を測定し、測定結果を含むSSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信する。STA100は、SSW-FBフレームを受信し、BFTを完了する。なお、BTIにおいてSTA100が送信セクタスイープを行う場合、A-BFT期間において、AP/PCP300が送信セクタスイープを行い、STA100がSSW-FBフレームを送信する。 The STA 100 switches the transmission sector (transmission beam) for each SSW frame and transmits the SSW frame. AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame, measures the reception strength and / or reception quality, and transmits the SSW-FB frame including the measurement result to STA 100. The STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame and completes the BFT. When the STA 100 performs transmission sector sweep in BTI, the AP / PCP 300 performs transmission sector sweep in the A-BFT period, and the STA 100 transmits the SSW-FB frame.
 BFTとして、アクティブスキャンを行うSTA100は、BTI及びA-BFT期間において、送信のベストセクタ(送信に適切なビーム)を決定する。なお、ビームとは、アンテナ指向性を示す。BFTを完了した場合、STA100は、Probe交換処理において、Probe要求フレーム(以下単に「Probe要求」と表現する場合がある)を送信する。AP/PCP300は、Probe要求を受信した場合、Probe応答フレーム(以下単に「Probe応答と表現する場合がある」を送信する。 As the BFT, the STA 100 that performs the active scan determines a transmission best sector (a beam suitable for transmission) in the BTI and A-BFT periods. The beam indicates the antenna directivity. When the BFT is completed, the STA 100 transmits a Probe request frame (hereinafter may be simply expressed as “Probe request”) in the Probe exchange process. When the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response frame (hereinafter simply referred to as “Probe response”).
 なお、BFTを行わない場合、STA100は無指向性(Omni-directional)通信を行う。しかし、60GHzミリ波通信では伝搬損失が大きいため、無指向性の送信信号をAP/PCP300へ到達させることが困難な場合がある。 If BFT is not performed, the STA 100 performs omni-directional communication. However, since the propagation loss is large in 60 GHz millimeter-wave communication, it may be difficult to make an omnidirectional transmission signal reach the AP / PCP 300.
 STA100は、Probe交換処理により、接続先の端末(例えばAP/PCP300)、及びBSS(Basic Service Set:基本サービスセット)に関する情報を獲得する。STA100は、獲得した情報に応じて、接続先を決定する、例えば、STA100は、AP/PCP300に接続すべきか、それとも別の端末を発見すべきかを決定する。 The STA 100 acquires information related to the connection destination terminal (for example, the AP / PCP 300) and the BSS (Basic Service Set) by the Probe exchange process. The STA 100 determines a connection destination according to the acquired information. For example, the STA 100 determines whether to connect to the AP / PCP 300 or to discover another terminal.
 ここで、11ad規格において、A-BFT期間は、DMGビーコンを受信した他のSTAと共有される。 Here, in the 11ad standard, the A-BFT period is shared with other STAs that have received the DMG beacon.
 図2は、STA100及びSTA200がアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。図2において、BI(ビーコン間隔)は、BTI、A-BFT期間、DTI(Data Transfer Interval:データ送信期間)を含む。例えば、STA100とSTA200が、BTIにおいてDMGビーコン(図面の「DBcn」)を受信し、A-BFT期間において送信セクタスイープ(SSWフレームの送信)を行う。 FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan. In FIG. 2, the BI (beacon interval) includes a BTI, an A-BFT period, and a DTI (Data TransferInterval). For example, the STA 100 and the STA 200 receive a DMG beacon (“DBcn” in the drawing) in the BTI, and perform a transmission sector sweep (transmission of an SSW frame) in the A-BFT period.
 A-BFT期間において、複数のSTAが送信セクタスイープを行って競合(例えば送信パケットの衝突)が発生することにより、SSW-FBフレームを受信してBFTを完了するSTAが、高々1つとなる場合がある。図2では、AP/PCP300がSTA100宛てに送信したSSW-FBフレームをSTA100が受信し、STA200はSSW-FBフレームを受信しない。 In the A-BFT period, when a plurality of STAs perform transmission sector sweeps and contention (for example, collision of transmission packets) occurs, there is at most one STA that receives the SSW-FB frame and completes the BFT. There is. In FIG. 2, the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame transmitted from the AP / PCP 300 to the STA 100, and the STA 200 does not receive the SSW-FB frame.
 これにより、STA100は、DTIにおいて、Probe交換処理(Probe要求の送信からProbe応答の受信までの処理)を行う。なお、AP/PCP300は、受信したProbe要求にエラーが含まれていない場合、ACKフレームを送信する。Probe要求にエラーが含まれているか否かは、例えば、FCS(Frame Check Sequence)、および/または、CRC(Cyclic Redundancy Check)によって判定されてよい。なお、ACKの説明は省略する。 Thereby, the STA 100 performs Probe exchange processing (processing from sending a Probe request to receiving a Probe response) in the DTI. The AP / PCP 300 transmits an ACK frame when the received Probe request does not include an error. Whether or not an error is included in the Probe request may be determined by, for example, FCS (Frame Check Sequence) and / or CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check). The description of ACK is omitted.
 BFTを完了しなかったSTA(STA200)は、次のBTI(図示しない)を待ち、BFTを再試行してもよい。しかしこの場合、処理遅延は少なくとも1ビーコン間隔(例えば100msec)に達するため、遅延が大きい。 STA (STA 200) that has not completed BFT may wait for the next BTI (not shown) and retry BFT. However, in this case, since the processing delay reaches at least one beacon interval (for example, 100 msec), the delay is large.
 なお、STA200は、DTIにおいてセクタスイープを開始しても良い。例えば、BTIおよびA-BFT期間においてビームフォーミングを完了しなかった(例えば競合によって失敗した)STA200が、A-BFT期間後のDTIにおいてBFTを行ってもよい。 Note that the STA 200 may start a sector sweep in the DTI. For example, a STA 200 that has not completed beamforming in the BTI and A-BFT periods (eg, failed due to contention) may perform BFT in the DTI after the A-BFT period.
 しかしながら、DTIでは、(図示しない他のSTAによるセクタスイープ、STA100によるデータ送受信のため)無線チャネル上の干渉があり、BFTを完了する確率が低い場合がある。 However, in DTI, there is interference on the radio channel (due to sector sweep by other STA not shown, data transmission / reception by STA 100), and the probability of completing BFT may be low.
 (実施の形態1)
 実施の形態1では、アクティブスキャンを行うSTAは、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)をSSWフレームに設定して送信し、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むProbe応答の受信に対応していることを通知する。
(Embodiment 1)
In the first embodiment, the STA that performs the active scan transmits a field indicating the discovery request (DR = 1) set in the SSW frame, and supports reception of a Probe response including beamforming feedback information. Notice.
 これにより、A-BFT期間及びDTIにおいて、アクティブスキャンを行う他のSTAとセクタスイープが競合した場合でも、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを送信するSTAは、Probe応答の受信により、ビームフォーミングの完了を判断できる。よって、ビームフォーミングが完了する確率が高くなり、ディスカバリに要する時間が短縮する。 As a result, in the A-BFT period and DTI, even when other STAs that perform active scanning compete with the sector sweep, the STA that transmits the SSW frame including DR = 1 completes the beamforming by receiving the Probe response. Can be judged. Therefore, the probability that beam forming is completed is increased, and the time required for discovery is shortened.
 図3を用いて、STA100がアクティブスキャンを行う手順を説明する。 The procedure for the STA 100 to perform an active scan will be described with reference to FIG.
 図3のBTIにおいて、AP/PCP300は、例えば、DMGビーコン(DBcn)毎に送信セクタを変え、DMGビーコンを送信する。 In the BTI of FIG. 3, for example, the AP / PCP 300 changes the transmission sector for each DMG beacon (DBcn), and transmits the DMG beacon.
 図3のBTIにおいて、STA100は、DMGビーコンを受信する。なお、他のSTA(STA200)が、同じBTIにおいてDMGビーコンを受信してもよい。 In the BTI of FIG. 3, the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon. Note that another STA (STA 200) may receive the DMG beacon in the same BTI.
 図3のA-BFT期間において、STA100は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレーム毎に送信セクタを変え、SSWフレームを送信する。 In the A-BFT period of FIG. 3, the STA 100 changes the transmission sector for each SSW frame including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request, and transmits the SSW frame.
 図4は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。SSWフレームは、Frame Control(フレーム制御)フィールド、Duration(フレーム長)フィールド、RA(Receive(r) Address:受信アドレス)フィールド、TA(Transmit(ter) Address:送信アドレス)フィールド、SSW(セクタスイープ)フィールド、SSW Feedback(SSW-FB)フィールド、FCS(Frame Check Sequence)フィールドを含む。 FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of a format of an SSW frame including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request. The SSW frame includes a Frame Control field, a Duration (frame length) field, an RA (Receive (r) Address: reception address) field, a TA (Transmit (ter) Address: transmission address) field, and an SSW (sector sweep). Field, SSW Feedback (SSW-FB) field, FCS (Frame Check Sequence) field.
 SSWフィールドは、セクタスイープに関する情報を含む。例えば、STA100がSSWフレーム毎に送信セクタを変え、SSWフレームを送信する場合、セクタスイープに関する情報は、送信セクタIDである。 The SSW field contains information on sector sweep. For example, when the STA 100 changes the transmission sector for each SSW frame and transmits the SSW frame, the information on the sector sweep is the transmission sector ID.
 SSW-FBフィールドは、Sector Select(セクタ選択)サブフィールド、DMG Antenna Select(DMGアンテナ選択)サブフィールド、SNR Report(SNR:信号対ノイズ比レポート)フィールド、Poll Required(ポーリング要求)サブフィールド、Discovery Request(ディスカバリ要求、DRと記載)サブフィールド、Reserved(予約)サブフィールドを含む。 The SSW-FB field includes a Sector Select (sector selection) subfield, a DMG Antenna Select (DMG antenna selection) subfield, an SNR Report (SNR: signal to noise ratio report) field, a Poll Required (polling request) subfield, and a Discovery Request. (Discovery request, described as DR) includes a subfield and a reserved subfield.
 11ad規格のSSWフレーム(図示しない)は、A-BFT期間中に送信される場合、SSW-FBフィールドに7ビットのReserved(予約)サブフィールドを含むのに対し、図4のSSWフレームは、SSW-FBフィールドに6ビットの予約サブフィールドと1ビットのDiscovery Request(ディスカバリ要求)サブフィールドを含む。 When the SSW frame of 11ad standard (not shown) is transmitted during the A-BFT period, the SSW-FB field includes a 7-bit Reserved subfield, whereas the SSW frame of FIG. -The FB field contains a 6-bit reserved subfield and a 1-bit Discovery Request (discovery request) subfield.
 セクタ選択サブフィールドは、BTI中にSTA100が受信したDMGビーコンのうち、最良の品質と判定したDMGビーコンに含まれるセクタID(第1の送信セクタ)を含む。AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームを受信し、セクタ選択サブフィールドの値を得ることによって、ベストセクタのセクタIDを決定してもよい。 The sector selection subfield includes a sector ID (first transmission sector) included in the DMG beacon determined as the best quality among the DMG beacons received by the STA 100 during the BTI. The AP / PCP 300 may determine the sector ID of the best sector by receiving the SSW frame and obtaining the value of the sector selection subfield.
 ディスカバリ要求サブフィールドは、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むProbe応答を、AP/PCP300に対して要求するために用いられる。つまり、ディスカバリ要求サブフィールドは、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むProbe応答フレームの受信に対応していることを、AP/PCP300に対して通知するために用いられる。 The discovery request subfield is used to request the Probe response including the beamforming feedback information to the AP / PCP 300. That is, the discovery request subfield is used to notify AP / PCP 300 that it corresponds to reception of a Probe response frame including beamforming feedback information.
 図3のA-BFT期間において、AP/PCP300は、1ないし複数のSSWフレームを受信する。 In the A-BFT period of FIG. 3, the AP / PCP 300 receives one or more SSW frames.
 AP/PCP300は、受信したSSWフレームのうち、受信品質の良いSSWフレーム中の送信セクタIDを、送信元STAのベストセクタと決定する(第2の送信セクタ)。図4において、当該送信セクタIDは、SSWフィードバックフィールドのセクタ選択サブフィールドに含まれる。 The AP / PCP 300 determines the transmission sector ID in the SSW frame with good reception quality among the received SSW frames as the best sector of the transmission source STA (second transmission sector). In FIG. 4, the transmission sector ID is included in the sector selection subfield of the SSW feedback field.
 AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームにベストセクタの情報を含め、STA100へ送信する。STA100は、SSW-FBフレームを受信する。 The AP / PCP 300 includes the best sector information in the SSW-FB frame and transmits it to the STA 100. The STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame.
 なお、STA100は、例えば、雑音の影響によるFCSのエラー、および/または、図示しない他のSTAの送信との競合によりプリアンブルを検出しないことにより、SSW-FBフレームの受信に失敗する(受信エラーという)場合がある。 Note that the STA 100 fails to receive the SSW-FB frame by not detecting a preamble due to, for example, an FCS error due to noise and / or contention with other STA transmission not shown (referred to as a reception error). ) There are cases.
 なお、STA100は、SSW-FBフレームを受信した場合であっても、ACKフレームを送信しなくてもよい。従って、AP/PCP300にとって、A-BFT期間におけるSSW-FBフレームがSTA100で受信されたか否かは、不明である。AP/PCP300は、A-BFTにおいてDR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信した場合、DTIにおいて、ビームフォーミングフィードバックを含むProbe応答をSTA100へ送信する。 Note that the STA 100 does not need to transmit an ACK frame even when it receives an SSW-FB frame. Therefore, it is unknown for the AP / PCP 300 whether or not the STA 100 has received the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT period. When AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame including DR = 1 in A-BFT, AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response including beamforming feedback to STA 100 in DTI.
 図5は、AP/PCPがDTIにおいて送信するProbe応答のフォーマットの一例を示す図である。 FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a format of a Probe response transmitted by the AP / PCP in the DTI.
 図5のProbe応答のフォーマットは、frame bodyを除いて、11adと同様である。 5 The format of the Probe response in FIG.
 Probe応答は、Frame Body(Probe Response frame body)部を含む。図5のProbe応答のframe bodyは、11ad規格のProbe応答のframe bodyと異なり、Beamforming Feedbackエレメントを含む。 The Probe response includes a Frame Body (Probe Response frame body) part. Unlike the frame response body of the 11ad standard, the frame response body of the Probe response in FIG. 5 includes a Beamforming response element.
 Beamforming Feedbackエレメントは、Element ID(要素ID)フィールド、Length(長さ)フィールド、Element ID Extension(要素ID拡張部)フィールド、SSW Feedback(SSW-FB)フィールドを含む。 The Beamforming Feedback element includes an Element ID (element ID) field, a Length field, an Element 、 ID Extension (element ID extension) field, and an SSW Feedback (SSW-FB) field.
 要素IDフィールドは、Probe Response frame bodyに含まれるエレメント(例えばTimestamp、SSID、Beamforming Feedback、Vendor Specificの各エレメント)の種別の判別において用いられてもよい。要素IDフィールドの値は、エレメントの種別毎に11ad規格において規定されている。Beamforming Feedbackエレメントを判別する要素IDに、11ad規格において未使用の要素ID、例えば「222」を割り当てても良い。 The element ID field may be used in determining the type of an element (for example, each element of Timestamp, SSID, Beamforming Feedback, Vendor Specific) included in the Probe Response frame body. The value of the element ID field is defined in the 11ad standard for each element type. An element ID that is not used in the 11ad standard, such as “222”, may be assigned to the element ID for determining the Beamforming Feedback element.
 Lengthフィールドは、Beamforming Feedbackの残りの部分の長さをオクテット数で表す。例えば、要素ID拡張フィールド(0又は1オクテット)とSSW Feedbackフィールド(3オクテット)を合わせたオクテット数(3又は4)が、Lengthフィールドの値として設定される。 The Length field indicates the length of the remaining part of the Beamforming Feedback in octets. For example, the number of octets (3 or 4) obtained by combining the element ID extension field (0 or 1 octet) and the SSW Feedback field (3 octets) is set as the value of the Length field.
 要素ID拡張フィールドは、エレメントの種別を判別するため、要素IDフィールドの代わりに用いられても良い。Beamforming Feedbackエレメントを判別する要素IDに、11ad規格において未使用の要素IDを割り当てた場合、要素ID拡張フィールドは、使用されずに、長さが0オクテットであっても良い。 The element ID extension field may be used instead of the element ID field in order to determine the type of element. When an element ID that is not used in the 11ad standard is assigned to an element ID that discriminates a BeamformingbackFeedback element, the element ID extension field may not be used and the length may be 0 octets.
 SSW Feedbackフィールドは、11ad規格のSSW-FBフィールドと同様である。つまり、図4のSSW FeedbackフィールドにおいてDiscovery RequestフィールドをReservedにした場合と同様である。 The SSW Feedback field is the same as the 11ad standard SSW-FB field. That is, this is the same as when the DiscoveryDisRequest field is set to Reserved in the SSW Feedback field of FIG.
 AP/PCP300は、図5のProbe応答のSSW-FBフィールドにSTA100のベストセクタを含めて送信する。よって、STA100は、SSW-FBフレームの受信エラーが発生した場合でも、ベストセクタの情報を得られる。さらに、Probe Response frame bodyには、AP/PCPに関する情報(例えばCapability Information:サポートする変調方式、伝送レートの情報を含む)及びBSSの情報(例えば、利用可能な無線帯域幅)が含まれる。よって、STA100は、A-BFT期間においてSSW-FBフレームの受信エラーが発生した場合でも、アクティブスキャンを完了できる。 The AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB field of the Probe response shown in FIG. 5 including the best sector of the STA 100. Therefore, the STA 100 can obtain information on the best sector even when an SSW-FB frame reception error occurs. Further, the probe response frame information includes information on AP / PCP (for example, Capability information: information on supported modulation schemes and transmission rates) and BSS information (for example, available radio bandwidth). Therefore, the STA 100 can complete the active scan even when an SSW-FB frame reception error occurs in the A-BFT period.
 また、STA100は、Probe要求の送信(図3を参照)を省略し、遅延を削減してもよい。 Further, the STA 100 may omit the transmission of the Probe request (see FIG. 3) to reduce the delay.
 図3のDTIにおいて、STA100は、ビームフォーミングフィードバック(Beamforming Feedbackエレメント)を含むProbe応答を受信し、ビームフォーミングフィードバックに含まれる情報(例えばSector Selectフィールドの値)に基づき、AP/PCP300との通信に用いるベストセクタを決定する。また、AP/PCP300からのProbe応答を受信したので、AP/PCP300に対するアクティブスキャン手順によるディスカバリは完了(成功)である。 In the DTI of FIG. 3, the STA 100 receives a Probe response including beamforming feedback (Beamforming エ レ メ ン ト Feedback element), and performs communication with the AP / PCP 300 based on information included in the beamforming feedback (for example, the value of the Sector Select field). Determine the best sector to use. Also, since the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300 has been received, the discovery by the active scan procedure for the AP / PCP 300 is completed (success).
 STA100は、アクティブスキャン(なお、他のAP/PCPに対する追加のディスカバリを行ってもよい)の完了後、ディスカバリしたAP/PCPを接続先と決定した場合、次を実行してもよい。すなわち、STA100は、送信アンテナをディスカバリにおいて決定したベストセクタに設定し、アソシエーション要求フレームをAP/PCPに送信しても良い。 The STA 100 may execute the following when the discovered AP / PCP is determined as the connection destination after the active scan (additional discovery for other AP / PCP may be performed) is completed. That is, the STA 100 may set the transmission antenna to the best sector determined in the discovery and transmit the association request frame to the AP / PCP.
 なお、AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、SSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信した場合でも、DTIにおいて、ビームフォーミングフィードバックを含むProbe応答を送信しても良い。STA100は、SSW-FBフレームの受信において受信エラーが発生した場合でも、DTIにおいて、ビームフォーミングフィードバックを含むProbe応答を受信して良い。 Note that, even when the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 during the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a Probe response including beamforming feedback in the DTI. The STA 100 may receive a Probe response including beamforming feedback in the DTI even when a reception error occurs in the reception of the SSW-FB frame.
 これにより、例えば、STA100は、DTI中におけるビームフォーミング(SSWの送信)の再試行を回避できる。よって、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮できる。 Thereby, for example, the STA 100 can avoid retrying beam forming (SSW transmission) during DTI. Therefore, the delay required for discovery can be shortened.
 また、STA100は、DTIにおいて、Probe要求を送信せずに、Probe応答を受信できる。よって、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮できる。 In addition, the STA 100 can receive a Probe response without transmitting a Probe request in DTI. Therefore, the delay required for discovery can be shortened.
 図6は、STA100がアクティブスキャンを行っているBI(ビーコン間隔)と同じBIにおいて、STA200がアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。なお、STA100及びAP/PCP300における図3と同じ処理については、説明を省略する。また、STA200が、図3のSTA100と同じ処理を行う場合についても、説明を省略する。 FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 200 performs an active scan in the same BI (BI beacon interval) that the STA 100 is performing an active scan. Note that the description of the same processing as in FIG. 3 in the STA 100 and the AP / PCP 300 is omitted. Also, the description of the case where the STA 200 performs the same process as the STA 100 of FIG. 3 is omitted.
 <BTIでの処理>
 STA200は、BTIにおいて、DMGビーコンを受信する。なお、STA100とSTA200の場所および/またはアンテナの方向とが異なる場合、STA100のベストセクタとSTA200のベストセクタとは異なる。このため、STA100の受信したDMGビーコンのそれぞれの受信品質は、STA200の受信したDMGビーコンのそれぞれの受信品質とは異なる。
<Processing with BTI>
The STA 200 receives the DMG beacon in the BTI. In addition, when the location of STA100 and STA200 and / or the direction of an antenna differ, the best sector of STA100 and the best sector of STA200 differ. For this reason, each reception quality of the DMG beacon received by the STA 100 is different from each reception quality of the DMG beacon received by the STA 200.
 <A-BFTでの処理>
 STA200は、A-BFT期間において、DR=1を含めてSSWフレームを送信する(図3のSTA100と同様)。
<Processing with A-BFT>
The STA 200 transmits the SSW frame including DR = 1 in the A-BFT period (similar to the STA 100 in FIG. 3).
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信する。STA100が送信するSSWフレームとSTA200が送信するSSWフレームとは、送信タイミングが同期していても良い。STA100とSTA200との場所、アンテナの方向、および/または、アンテナの指向性が異なるため、同時(例えば、同じ送信スロット)に送信されたSSWフレームであっても、STA100が送信したSSWフレームがAP/PCP300に到達し(受信され)、STA200が送信したSSWフレームがAP/PCP300に到達しない(受信されない)場合がある(図6の1個目のSSWフレーム)。 AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame including DR = 1 in the A-BFT period. The SSW frame transmitted by the STA 100 and the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 200 may be synchronized in transmission timing. Since the STA 100 and the STA 200 have different locations, antenna directions, and / or antenna directivities, the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 100 is AP even if the SSW frames are transmitted at the same time (for example, the same transmission slot). / PCP300 may be reached (received), and the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 200 may not reach the AP / PCP300 (not received) (first SSW frame in FIG. 6).
 また、STA100及びSTA200が送信したSSWフレームがAP/PCP300に到達し、相互に干渉となり(衝突または競合という)、AP/PCP300はいずれのSSWフレームも受信しない場合がある(図6の2個目のSSWフレーム)。 In addition, the SSW frames transmitted by the STA 100 and the STA 200 reach the AP / PCP 300 and interfere with each other (referred to as collision or contention), and the AP / PCP 300 may not receive any SSW frame (the second one in FIG. 6). SSW frame).
 また、STA200が送信したSSWフレームがAP/PCP300に到達し(受信され)、STA100が送信したSSWフレームがAP/PCP300に到達しない(受信されない)場合がある(図6の3個目のSSWフレーム)。 In addition, the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 200 may reach (receive) the AP / PCP 300, and the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 100 may not reach (receive) the AP / PCP 300 (the third SSW frame in FIG. 6). ).
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFTにおいて、受信した1つ以上のSSWフレームのうち、受信品質の良いSSWフレーム中の送信セクタID(図4のSSWフィールドに含まれる)を、送信元STA100、200のベストセクタに決定する。 In the A-BFT, the AP / PCP 300 uses the transmission sector ID (included in the SSW field in FIG. 4) in the SSW frame with good reception quality among the one or more received SSW frames. Decide on the best sector.
 AP/PCP300は、受信した1つ以上のSSWフレームに複数の送信元STAが含まれる場合、送信元STA毎にベストセクタを決定しても良い。 The AP / PCP 300 may determine the best sector for each transmission source STA when one or more received SSW frames include a plurality of transmission source STAs.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、受信したSSWフレームに応じ、SSW-FBフレームを送信する。例えば、AP/PCP300は、受信したSSWフレームの送信元(送信元STA)を、SSW-FBフレームの送信先としてもよい。また、AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間の処理で決定した送信元STAのベストセクタのセクタIDを、SSW-FBフレームに含めても良い。 The AP / PCP 300 transmits an SSW-FB frame according to the received SSW frame in the A-BFT period. For example, the AP / PCP 300 may use the transmission source (transmission source STA) of the received SSW frame as the transmission destination of the SSW-FB frame. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may include the sector ID of the best sector of the transmission source STA determined in the A-BFT period processing in the SSW-FB frame.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間に受信した複数のSSWフレームに複数の送信元STAが含まれる場合、いずれか1つの送信元STAを選択し、SSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。 The AP / PCP 300 may select one of the transmission source STAs and transmit the SSW-FB frame when a plurality of transmission source STAs are included in the plurality of SSW frames received during the A-BFT period.
 AP/PCP300は、(送信元STAに関わらず)最良の受信品質であったSSWフレームの送信元の1つのSTAを選択し、SSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。A-BFTにおける競合が発生した場合でも、STAは、SSW-FBフレームを受信してベストセクタを知り、Probe交換を行える。 The AP / PCP 300 may select one STA that is the transmission source of the SSW frame having the best reception quality (regardless of the transmission source STA), and may transmit the SSW-FB frame. Even when the A-BFT contention occurs, the STA can receive the SSW-FB frame to know the best sector and exchange the probe.
 AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームにDR=1を含めずに送信した送信元STAを選択し、SSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。DR=1を含めたSTAは、後にProbe応答を受信できるので、DR=1を含めないSTAを優先する。これにより、両方のSTAが、Probe交換(Probe応答の受信)を短い遅延で行える。 The AP / PCP 300 may select a transmission source STA that does not include DR = 1 in the SSW frame and transmit the SSW-FB frame. Since STAs including DR = 1 can receive a Probe response later, priority is given to STAs not including DR = 1. Thereby, both STAs can perform Probe exchange (reception of Probe response) with a short delay.
 図6のA-BFT期間において、AP/PCP300は、STA100へSSW-FBフレームを送信し、STA200へSSW-FBフレームを送信しない。 In the A-BFT period of FIG. 6, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 and does not transmit the SSW-FB frame to the STA 200.
 <DTIでの処理>
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、図5のProbe応答のSSW-FBフィールドにSTA200のベストセクタを含めて、Probe応答を送信する。これにより、STA200は、A-BFT期間においてSSW-FBフレームを受信しなくても、ベストセクタの情報を得られる。
<Processing with DTI>
In the DTI, the AP / PCP 300 includes the best sector of the STA 200 in the SSW-FB field of the Probe response in FIG. 5 and transmits the Probe response. As a result, the STA 200 can obtain information on the best sector without receiving the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT period.
 さらに、Probe Response frame bodyには、AP/PCP300に関する情報(例えばCapability Information:サポートする変調方式、伝送レートの情報を含む)及びBSSの情報(例えば、利用可能な無線帯域幅)が含まれるため、STA200は、A-BFTにおいてSSW-FBフレームを受信しなくても、アクティブスキャンを完了できる。 Further, since the Probe Response Frame includes information about the AP / PCP 300 (for example, Capability Information: including information on supported modulation schemes and transmission rates) and BSS information (for example, available wireless bandwidth), The STA 200 can complete the active scan without receiving the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT.
 また、STA200は、DTIにおいて、Probe要求の送信(図2を参照)を省略し、遅延を削減してもよい。 Further, the STA 200 may reduce the delay by omitting the transmission of the Probe request (see FIG. 2) in the DTI.
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、STA100及びSTA200宛てのProbe応答の送信に対して、複数のフレームを送信するためのTXOP(Tx Opportunity:送信機会)を取得しても良い。図2のように各STAがProbe要求を送信するためのTXOPを獲得する場合と比較し、一括でTXOPを確保できるので、送信を効率化できる。 The AP / PCP 300 may acquire TXOP (Tx Opportunity: transmission opportunity) for transmitting a plurality of frames in response to transmission of a Probe response addressed to the STA 100 and the STA 200 in the DTI. Compared with the case where each STA acquires a TXOP for transmitting a Probe request as shown in FIG. 2, TXOPs can be secured in a lump, so that transmission can be made more efficient.
 STA100、200は、AP/PCP300からProbe応答を受信し、AP/PCP300に対するアクティブスキャン手順によるディスカバリを完了(成功)する。 The STAs 100 and 200 receive the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300, and complete (success) discovery by the active scan procedure for the AP / PCP 300.
 図7は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対してディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery with respect to the AP / PCP 300.
 まず、STA100はディスカバリを開始する(S001)。 First, the STA 100 starts discovery (S001).
 次に、STA100は、BTIにおいてDMGビーコンを受信する(S002)。DMGビーコンは、AP/PCP300がセクタスイープを行うために送信されても良い。つまり、AP/PCP300は、送信セクタを切り替えることによって、無線信号の送信方向を切り替え、1以上のDMGビーコンを送信しても良い。AP/PCP300は、BTIの後にA-BFTがスケジュールされていることを示す情報エレメント及びフィールドを、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。 Next, the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon in BTI (S002). The DMG beacon may be transmitted for the AP / PCP 300 to perform a sector sweep. That is, the AP / PCP 300 may switch the transmission direction of the radio signal by switching the transmission sector, and may transmit one or more DMG beacons. The AP / PCP 300 may transmit an information element and a field indicating that A-BFT is scheduled after BTI in a DMG beacon.
 次に、A-BFT期間がスケジュールされていない場合(S003:NO)、STA100が次のBTIを待つために、フローはS002に戻る。 Next, when the A-BFT period is not scheduled (S003: NO), the flow returns to S002 in order for the STA 100 to wait for the next BTI.
 A-BFT期間がスケジュールされている場合(S003:YES)、STA100は、A-BFT期間において、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを、AP/PCP300を送信先として送信する(S004)。なお、STA100は、セクタスイープを行うためにSSWフレームを送信しても良い。つまり、STA100は、送信セクタを切り替えることによって、無線信号の送信方向を切り替え、1以上のSSWフレームを送信しても良い。これは、AP/PCP300によるDMGビーコンを用いたセクタスイープに応答してSTA100がセクタスイープを行うことに相当し、レスポンダBFTという。なお、STA100は、BTIにおいて受信したDMGビーコンの受信品質に基づき、AP/PCP300のベストセクタを決定し、A-BFT期間においてベストセクタの情報(例えばセクタID)をSSWフレームに含めて送信しても良い。 When the A-BFT period is scheduled (S003: YES), the STA 100 transmits an SSW frame including DR = 1 in the A-BFT period with the AP / PCP 300 as a transmission destination (S004). Note that the STA 100 may transmit an SSW frame in order to perform sector sweep. That is, the STA 100 may switch the transmission direction of the radio signal by switching the transmission sector and transmit one or more SSW frames. This corresponds to the STA 100 performing a sector sweep in response to the sector sweep using the DMG beacon by the AP / PCP 300, and is called a responder BFT. The STA 100 determines the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 based on the reception quality of the DMG beacon received in the BTI, and transmits the best sector information (for example, sector ID) in the SSW frame during the A-BFT period. Also good.
 AP/PCP300が、A-BFT期間において、S004のSSWフレームを受信しなかった場合(S005:NO)、SSW-FBフレーム(及びS012のProbe応答)をSTA100に送信せずに、フローはS002へ戻る。なお、このSSWフレームを受信しなかった場合には、受信エラーがある場合、および/または、受信電力が所定の閾値より低い場合が含まれてよい。 If the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the SSW frame of S004 in the A-BFT period (S005: NO), the flow does not transmit the SSW-FB frame (and the Probe response of S012) to the STA 100, and the flow proceeds to S002. Return. Note that the case where the SSW frame is not received may include a case where there is a reception error and / or a case where the reception power is lower than a predetermined threshold.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、S004のSSWフレームを受信した場合(S005:YES)、STA100のベストセクタを決定し、STA100との通信に備えて、ベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S006)。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame of S004 during the A-BFT period (S005: YES), the AP / PCP 300 determines the best sector of the STA 100, and stores the information of the best sector in the memory in preparation for communication with the STA 100. (S006).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームをSTA100に送信する(S007)。AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームを他のSTA200に送信しても良い。または、AP/PCP300は、いずれのSTAにもSSW-FBフレームを送信せず、DTIにおいて、Probe応答を送信してもよい(S012を参照)。または、AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間においてSSWフレームによって通知されたベストセクタを用いて、SSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。または、AP/PCP300は、STA100のベストセクタの情報を、SSW-FBフレームに含めて送信しても良い。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 (S007). The AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to another STA 200. Alternatively, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a Probe response in DTI without transmitting the SSW-FB frame to any STA (see S012). Alternatively, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the best sector notified by the SSW frame in the A-BFT period. Alternatively, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 by including it in the SSW-FB frame.
 一方、STA100が、S004で送信したSSWフレームに対応する、S007のSSW-FBフレームを受信しなかった場合(S008:NO)、フローはS012へ進む。そして、STA100は、Probe応答の受信を待機する。 On the other hand, if the STA 100 has not received the SSW-FB frame of S007 corresponding to the SSW frame transmitted in S004 (S008: NO), the flow proceeds to S012. Then, the STA 100 waits for reception of a Probe response.
 STA100は、S004で送信したSSWフレームに対応する、S007のSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合(S008:YES)、AP/PCP300との通信に備えて、SSW-FBフレームに含まれるベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S009)。 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame of S007 corresponding to the SSW frame transmitted in S004 (S008: YES), the information on the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame is prepared for communication with the AP / PCP 300. Is stored in the memory (S009).
 そして、STA100は、AP/PCP300と自分のSTA100との間の初期BFTを完了(成功)と判断する(S010)。つまり、STA100は、ベストセクタを用いてAP/PCP300と通信可能である。なお、ディスカバリは継続中である。 Then, the STA 100 determines that the initial BFT between the AP / PCP 300 and its own STA 100 is completed (success) (S010). That is, the STA 100 can communicate with the AP / PCP 300 using the best sector. Discovery is ongoing.
 次に、STA100は、DTIにおいて、AP/PCP300にProbe要求を送信しても良い(図7に記載せず)。なお、STA100は、S004においてDR=1を含めたSSWフレームを送信し、初期BFTを完了した後、Probe要求を送信せずに、S012へ移行し、Probe応答の受信待機を行ってもよい。 Next, the STA 100 may transmit a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI (not shown in FIG. 7). Note that the STA 100 may transmit an SSW frame including DR = 1 in S004, and after completing the initial BFT, may shift to S012 and wait for reception of a Probe response without transmitting a Probe request.
 一方、AP/PCP300は、Probe要求を受信し、受信エラーが無い場合、SIFS(Short InterFrame Space)(例えば3μsec)後にACKフレームをSTA100に送信する(S011)。 On the other hand, when the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request and there is no reception error, the AP / PCP 300 transmits an ACK frame to the STA 100 after SIFS (Short InterFrame Space) (for example, 3 μsec) (S011).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいてProbe応答を送信する(S012)。AP/PCP300は、Probe応答にSTA100のベストセクタの情報を含めて送信しても良い。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response in DTI (S012). The AP / PCP 300 may transmit the probe response including information on the best sector of the STA 100.
 STA100は、DTIにおいて、S012のProbe応答を受信する。受信したProbe応答にSTA100のベストセクタの情報が含まれている場合、STA100は、AP/PCP300との通信に備え、ベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S013)。 The STA 100 receives the Probe response of S012 in the DTI. When the received Probe response includes the best sector information of the STA 100, the STA 100 stores the best sector information in the memory in preparation for communication with the AP / PCP 300 (S013).
 次に、STA100は、Probe応答にSTA100のベストセクタの情報が含まれている場合、初期BFを完了(成功)と判断する(S014)。つまり、STA100は、ベストセクタを用いてAP/PCP300と通信可能である。 Next, when the Probe response includes information on the best sector of the STA 100, the STA 100 determines that the initial BF is completed (success) (S014). That is, the STA 100 can communicate with the AP / PCP 300 using the best sector.
 次に、STA100は、Probe応答に含まれるAP/PCP300、及び、AP/PCP300が管理するBSSの情報(スキャン結果)をメモリに格納する(S015)。なお、STA100のMACプロセッサは、スキャン結果をホストコントローラに通知しても良い。 Next, the STA 100 stores the AP / PCP 300 included in the Probe response and the BSS information (scan result) managed by the AP / PCP 300 in the memory (S015). Note that the MAC processor of the STA 100 may notify the host controller of the scan result.
 そして、STA100は、AP/PCP300に対するディスカバリを完了する(S016)。STA100が、他のAP/PCP(図示しない)に対するディスカバリを行うため、同一の無線チャネルで、または、無線チャネルを切り換えた後に、フローはS001に戻り、他のAP/PCPに対するディスカバリを繰り返しても良い。 Then, the STA 100 completes discovery for the AP / PCP 300 (S016). Since the STA 100 performs discovery for another AP / PCP (not shown), the flow returns to S001 on the same radio channel or after switching the radio channel, and the discovery for other AP / PCP may be repeated. good.
 図8は、STA(通信装置)100の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the STA (communication device) 100.
 アンテナアレーは、無線信号の送受信を行う。 The antenna array transmits and receives radio signals.
 受信RF(Radio Frequency)回路は、アンテナアレーが受信した無線信号を受信アナログベースバンド信号に変換する。また、受信RF回路は、PHY受信回路が指定する受信セクタID(送信ベストセクタと同じセクタでもよい)に応じ、アンテナアレーから入力される信号の受信ゲイン(利得)及び位相を変更し、受信アンテナの指向性を制御する。また、受信RF回路は、受信した送信セクタスイープフレーム毎に受信品質を測定する。 The reception RF (Radio Frequency) circuit converts the radio signal received by the antenna array into a reception analog baseband signal. The reception RF circuit changes the reception gain (gain) and phase of the signal input from the antenna array in accordance with the reception sector ID (which may be the same sector as the transmission best sector) specified by the PHY reception circuit, and receives the reception antenna. Control the directivity of The reception RF circuit measures the reception quality for each received transmission sector sweep frame.
 A/D(アナログディジタルコンバータ)回路は、受信アナログベースバンド信号を受信ディジタルベースバンド信号に変換する。 An A / D (analog / digital converter) circuit converts a received analog baseband signal into a received digital baseband signal.
 PHY(Physical Layer:物理層)受信回路は、受信ディジタルベースバンド信号に対し、同期、等化、復調および/または復号の処理を行い、受信フレームデータを生成する。 A PHY (Physical Layer) receiving circuit performs synchronization, equalization, demodulation and / or decoding processing on the received digital baseband signal to generate received frame data.
 MAC(メディアアクセス制御)プロセッサは、受信フレームデータからMACフレームを識別し、処理する。 A MAC (Media Access Control) processor identifies and processes a MAC frame from received frame data.
 MACフレームを識別することは、MACフレームの種別(例えば、MACデータフレーム、DMGビーコン、Probe応答)を判別することである。また、MACフレームの処理には、例えば、FCS(Frame Check Sequence、誤り検出符号の一種)を確認してエラー検出すること、及び、識別したMACフレームのフォーマットに応じて各フィールドのデータを取得することが含まれる。 Identifying a MAC frame means determining the type of MAC frame (for example, MAC data frame, DMG beacon, Probe response). Further, in the processing of the MAC frame, for example, error detection is performed by checking FCS (Frame Check Sequence), and data of each field is acquired according to the format of the identified MAC frame. It is included.
 また、MACプロセッサは、MACデータフレームからユーザデータを取り出し、ホストコントローラへ出力する。また、MACプロセッサは、ホストコントローラから入力されたユーザデータから、MACデータフレームを生成する。 Also, the MAC processor extracts user data from the MAC data frame and outputs it to the host controller. The MAC processor generates a MAC data frame from user data input from the host controller.
 また、MACプロセッサは、DMGビーコンを受信した場合に、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを生成する(図7のS004を参照)。また、MACプロセッサは、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信した場合、Probe応答を生成しても良い(図7のS012、AP/PCP300の処理を参照)。また、MACプロセッサは、ホストコントローラに対してディスカバリ要求を行ってもよい。 Further, when receiving the DMG beacon, the MAC processor generates an SSW frame including DR = 1 (see S004 in FIG. 7). Further, when receiving an SSW frame including DR = 1, the MAC processor may generate a Probe response (see S012, AP / PCP 300 processing in FIG. 7). Further, the MAC processor may make a discovery request to the host controller.
 MACプロセッサが生成したフレームを、送信フレームデータと呼ぶ(例えば、上記のMACデータフレーム、SSWフレーム、Probe応答を含む)。 A frame generated by the MAC processor is referred to as transmission frame data (for example, including the above-described MAC data frame, SSW frame, and Probe response).
 PHY送信回路は、送信フレームデータに対し、符号化、変調、PHYフレーム形成及びフィルタリングを行い、送信ディジタルベースバンド信号を生成する。 The PHY transmission circuit performs encoding, modulation, PHY frame formation and filtering on the transmission frame data to generate a transmission digital baseband signal.
 D/A(ディジタルアナログコンバータ)回路は、送信ディジタルベースバンド信号を送信アナログベースバンド信号に変換する。 A D / A (digital analog converter) circuit converts a transmission digital baseband signal into a transmission analog baseband signal.
 送信RF回路は、送信アナログベースバンド信号を送信無線信号に変換する。また、送信RF回路は、PHY送信回路が指定する送信セクタID(送信ベストセクタ)に応じ、アンテナアレー1001へ出力する信号の送信ゲイン(利得)及び位相を変更し、送信アンテナの指向性を制御する。 The transmission RF circuit converts the transmission analog baseband signal into a transmission radio signal. Further, the transmission RF circuit controls the directivity of the transmission antenna by changing the transmission gain (gain) and phase of signals output to the antenna array 1001 according to the transmission sector ID (transmission best sector) designated by the PHY transmission circuit. To do.
 ホストコントローラは、MACプロセッサを制御し、送信ユーザデータの生成、及び/又は、受信ユーザデータの処理を行う。また、ホストコントローラは、MACプロセッサからのディスカバリ要求に応じ、Probe要求を生成し、MACプロセッサへ入力しても良い。 The host controller controls the MAC processor to generate transmission user data and / or process reception user data. The host controller may generate a Probe request in response to a discovery request from the MAC processor and input it to the MAC processor.
 図9は、MACプロセッサの構成の一例を示す詳細ブロック図である。 FIG. 9 is a detailed block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the MAC processor.
 メッセージ生成回路は、送信MACフレーム、例えばDMGビーコン、SSWフレーム、を生成する。 The message generation circuit generates a transmission MAC frame, for example, a DMG beacon and an SSW frame.
 メッセージ処理回路は、受信MACフレームを識別し、処理する。 The message processing circuit identifies and processes the received MAC frame.
 BFT制御回路は、BFT処理中に、メッセージ生成回路、メッセージ処理回路、PHY送信回路、PHY受信回路を制御し、DMGビーコン及びSSWフレームの送受信を制御する。BFT処理中は、例えば、図7のS002におけるBTIにおけるセクタスイープ、及びS004におけるA-BFT期間におけるセクタスイープである。また、BFT制御回路は、受信RF回路が測定した受信品質に基づきAP/PCPまたはSTAの送信ベストセクタを選択する制御信号をPHY送信回路に出力する。 The BFT control circuit controls a message generation circuit, a message processing circuit, a PHY transmission circuit, and a PHY reception circuit during BFT processing, and controls transmission and reception of DMG beacons and SSW frames. During the BFT process, for example, the sector sweep in the BTI in S002 of FIG. 7 and the sector sweep in the A-BFT period in S004. The BFT control circuit also outputs a control signal for selecting the AP / PCP or STA transmission best sector based on the reception quality measured by the reception RF circuit to the PHY transmission circuit.
 以上のように、STA100は、SSWフレームにディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含めてA-BFT期間中に送信し、AP/PCP300に、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むProbe応答を送信するように要求する。これにより、AP/PCP300がSSW-FBフレームを送信しない場合、または、STA100がSSW-FBフレームを受信しない場合もしくは受信困難な場合においても、STA100は、Probe応答をAP/PCP300から受信し、ディスカバリを完了できる。 As described above, the STA 100 includes a field indicating a discovery request (DR = 1) in the SSW frame and transmits it during the A-BFT period, and transmits a Probe response including the beamforming feedback information to the AP / PCP 300. To request. Accordingly, even when the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW-FB frame, or when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame or when it is difficult to receive the SSW-FB frame, the STA 100 receives the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300 and performs discovery. Can be completed.
 STA100は、AP/PCP300がSSW-FBフレームを送信しない場合、または、STA100がSSW-FBフレームを受信しない場合もしくは受信困難な場合おいても、例えば、次のBTIまたはA-BFT期間まで、SSWフレームの送信を待機することを回避できる、又はDTIにおけるビームフォーミングを省略できる。よって、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮できる。 Even when the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW-FB frame, or when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame or when it is difficult to receive the STA 100, for example, until the next BTI or A-BFT period, Waiting for frame transmission can be avoided, or beamforming in DTI can be omitted. Therefore, the delay required for discovery can be shortened.
 STA100は、AP/PCP300がSSW-FBフレームを送信しない場合、および/または、STA100がSSW-FBフレームを受信しない、または、受信困難な場合でも、BFTを完了できる。よって、ベストセクタを用いてAP/PCP300との間の通信品質を高められる。また、ビームフォーミングの再試行を削減でき、AP/PCP300、および/または、他のSTAに対する干渉を低減できる。 The STA 100 can complete the BFT even when the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW-FB frame and / or when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame or is difficult to receive. Therefore, the communication quality with the AP / PCP 300 can be improved using the best sector. Also, beamforming retries can be reduced, and interference with the AP / PCP 300 and / or other STAs can be reduced.
 (実施の形態1の変形例)
 <変形例1-1>
 AP/PCP300は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを受信し、応答に対応していることを示すフィールドを、DTIにおいて、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。
(Modification of Embodiment 1)
<Modification 1-1>
The AP / PCP 300 may receive an SSW frame including a field indicating a discovery request (DR = 1), and transmit a field indicating that it corresponds to a response in a DMG beacon in DTI.
 図10は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。AP/PCP300は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを受信し、応答に対応していることを示すフィールドを、DTIにおいて、DMGビーコンを含めて送信する。 FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300. The AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame including the field indicating the discovery request (DR = 1), and transmits the field indicating that it corresponds to the response including the DMG beacon in the DTI.
 図11は、DMGビーコンのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。なお、DMGビーコン、DMG Beacon frame bodyは11ad規格と同様であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the DMG beacon. The DMG beacon and DMG Beacon frame body are the same as those in the 11ad standard, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted.
 11ad規格のDMGビーコン(図示しない)は、SSWフィールドに6ビットのReserved(予約)サブフィールドを含むのに対し、図11のDMGビーコンは、SSWフィールドに5ビットの予約サブフィールドと1ビットのDiscovery Request Supported(DRS:ディスカバリ要求対応可否)サブフィールドとを含む。 The 11ad standard DMG beacon (not shown) includes a 6-bit Reserved subfield in the SSW field, whereas the DMG beacon in FIG. 11 includes a 5-bit reserved subfield and a 1-bit Discovery in the SSW field. Request Supported (DRS: Discovery request support availability) subfield.
 STA100は、図11のDRSフィールドが1に設定された(DRS=1)DMGビーコンを受信した場合、DR=1を含むSSWフレームをA-BFT期間において送信しても良い。DRS=1が設定されているため、STA100は、AP/PCP300が図4のProbe応答を送信する機能を有していると判断できる。 When the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon in which the DRS field in FIG. 11 is set to 1 (DRS = 1), the STA 100 may transmit an SSW frame including DR = 1 in the A-BFT period. Since DRS = 1 is set, the STA 100 can determine that the AP / PCP 300 has a function of transmitting the Probe response of FIG.
 STA100は、図11のDRSフィールドが1に設定されていない(DRS=0)DMGビーコンを受信した場合、DR=0に設定したSSWフレームをA-BFT期間において送信してもよい。 STA 100 may transmit the SSW frame set to DR = 0 in the A-BFT period when receiving the DMG beacon in which the DRS field in FIG. 11 is not set to 1 (DRS = 0).
 DMGビーコンがDiscovery Request Supported(ディスカバリ要求サポート)サブフィールドを含まない場合、STAは、AP/PCPがDR=1に対応しているか否かの判別が困難である。 When the DMG beacon does not include the Discovery Request Supported subfield, it is difficult for the STA to determine whether the AP / PCP supports DR = 1.
 従って、STAがA-BFT期間においてDR=1を含むSSWフレームを送信した場合、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むProbe応答を送信しない場合がある。 Therefore, when the STA transmits an SSW frame including DR = 1 in the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 may not transmit a Probe response including beamforming feedback information in the DTI.
 このため、STAは、DTIにおいてProbe応答を受信するための待ち受けを行うか、それとも、DTIにおけるセクタスイープを行うか、判断が困難である。この場合、例えば、STAは、DTIにおいて、一定期間Probe応答を待ち受け、その一定期間経過後にセクタスイープを行ってもよい。しかしこの場合、一定期間の待ち受けにより、遅延が増大する。 For this reason, it is difficult for the STA to determine whether to wait for receiving a Probe response in the DTI or to perform a sector sweep in the DTI. In this case, for example, in the DTI, the STA may wait for a Probe response for a certain period and perform a sector sweep after the certain period. However, in this case, the delay increases due to waiting for a certain period.
 DMGビーコンがDiscovery Request Supported(ディスカバリ要求サポート)サブフィールドを含み、DRS=1である場合、STAは、A-BFT期間においてDR=1を含むSSWフレームを送信し、DTIにおいてビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むProbe応答を待ち受けてもよい。また、DRS=0である場合、STAは、DTIにおけるセクタスイープを行ってもよい。これにより、STAは、一定期間の待機を省略でき、ディスカバリによる遅延を短縮できる。 If the DMG beacon includes a Discovery-Request-Supported subfield and DRS = 1, the STA transmits an SSW frame including DR = 1 in the A-BFT period and includes beamforming feedback information in the DTI A probe response may be awaited. When DRS = 0, the STA may perform a sector sweep in DTI. As a result, the STA can omit waiting for a certain period of time and can reduce the delay due to discovery.
 <変形例1-2>
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームにディスカバリ要求の種別を示すフィールド又はサブフィールドを含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-2>
The STA 100 may transmit the SSW frame including a field or subfield indicating the type of discovery request in the A-BFT period.
 図12は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。STA100、200は、A-BFT期間において、DR Typeを追記したSSWフレームを送信する。 FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300. The STAs 100 and 200 transmit an SSW frame in which DR Type is added during the A-BFT period.
 図13は、SSWフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。図4のSSWフレームのDiscovery Requestフィールドが1ビットであるのに対し、図13のSSWフレームのDiscovery Requestフィールドは2ビット以上を含む。 FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the SSW frame. The Discovery Request field of the SSW frame of FIG. 4 is 1 bit, whereas the Discovery Request field of the SSW frame of FIG. 13 includes two or more bits.
 STA200が、Discovery Requestフィールドの値を2(Discovery request(+Multi-band))に設定してSSWフレームを送信した場合、SSWフレームを受信したAP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、Probe応答にMulti-bandエレメントを含めて送信する。 When the STA 200 transmits an SSW frame with the value of the Discovery (Request field set to 2 (Discovery request (+ Multi-band)), the AP / PCP 300 that has received the SSW frame receives a Multi-band element in the Probe response in the DTI. Send including
 STA200は、Multi-bandエレメントを含むProbe応答を受信した場合、アクティブスキャンを行っている周波数帯(例えば、60GHz帯)とは異なる周波数帯(例えば、2.4GHz帯、5GHz帯)に関するAP/PCP300の情報(例えば、2.4GHz帯のBSSが使用している無線チャネル番号)を得られる。 When the STA 200 receives the Probe response including the Multi-band element, the AP / PCP 300 regarding a frequency band (for example, 2.4 GHz band, 5 GHz band) different from the frequency band (for example, 60 GHz band) in which active scanning is performed. (For example, a radio channel number used by a 2.4 GHz band BSS).
 STA200は、例えば、60GHz帯においてAP/PCP300と接続を確立した後、Multi-bandエレメントで獲得した情報に基づき、60GHz帯とは異なる周波数帯(例えば2.4GHz帯)においてAP/PCP300へProbe要求又はアソシエーション要求フレームを送信し、2.4GHz帯の接続を確立しても良い。 For example, after establishing a connection with the AP / PCP 300 in the 60 GHz band, the STA 200 requests a probe from the AP / PCP 300 in a frequency band (for example, 2.4 GHz band) different from the 60 GHz band based on the information acquired by the Multi-band element. Alternatively, an association request frame may be transmitted to establish a 2.4 GHz band connection.
 2.4GHz帯の接続は、60GHz帯の接続が切断された場合の代替接続として用いられてもよい。STA200は、Multi-bandエレメントの情報に基づき2.4GHz帯のProbe要求フレーム又はアソシエーション要求フレームを送信するチャネルを決定できる。よって、STA200は、2.4GHz帯のうち、該当するチャネルをスキャンすることにより、2.4GHz帯におけるディスカバリの時間を短縮できる。 The 2.4 GHz band connection may be used as an alternative connection when the 60 GHz band connection is disconnected. The STA 200 can determine a channel for transmitting a 2.4 GHz band Probe request frame or an association request frame based on information of the Multi-band element. Therefore, the STA 200 can shorten the discovery time in the 2.4 GHz band by scanning the corresponding channel in the 2.4 GHz band.
 また、STA100が、Discovery Requestフィールドの値を3(Discovery request(+Neighbor Report))に設定してSSWフレームを送信した場合、SSWフレームを受信したAP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、Probe応答にNeighbor Reportエレメントを含めて送信する。 When the STA 100 transmits an SSW frame with the value of the Discovery Request field set to 3 (Discovery request (+ Neighbor Report)), the AP / PCP 300 that has received the SSW frame receives a Neighbor Report element in the Probe response in DTI. Send including
 STA100は、Neighbor Reportエレメントを含むProbe応答を受信した場合、AP/PCP300の周辺の他のAP/PCP300に関する情報を得られる。 When the STA 100 receives the Probe response including the Neighbor Report element, the STA 100 can obtain information on other AP / PCP 300 around the AP / PCP 300.
 STA100は、例えば、Neighbor Reportエレメントに基づいて、他のAP/PCPをアクティブスキャンにより発見できる確率が高いチャネルを選択して、アクティブスキャンを行ってもよい。これにより、他のAP/PCP300に対するディスカバリの遅延を短縮できる。 For example, based on the Neighbor Report element, the STA 100 may perform active scan by selecting a channel with a high probability that other AP / PCP can be found by active scan. As a result, discovery delay for other AP / PCP 300 can be shortened.
 このように、STA100,200は、SSWフレームのDiscovery Requestフィールドの値を適宜設定することにより、AP/PCP300に対し、Probe要求に含める追加のエレメントの種類を要求しても良い。 As described above, the STAs 100 and 200 may request the AP / PCP 300 for additional element types to be included in the Probe request by appropriately setting the value of the Discovery Request field of the SSW frame.
 図13に示すように、Discovery Requestフィールドの値と要求するエレメントの有無及び種別を対応付けても良い。また、Discovery Requestフィールドをビットマップとして定義し、ビットとエレメント毎の要求の有無とを対応付けても良い。例えば、第1ビットはDiscovery Requestの有無、第2ビットはMulti-bandエレメントの要求の有無、第3ビットはNeighbor reportエレメントの要求の有無を、1:有、0:無として通知してもよい。 As shown in FIG. 13, the value of the DiscoveryDisRequest field may be associated with the presence and type of the requested element. Further, the Discovery Request field may be defined as a bitmap, and the bit may be associated with the presence / absence of a request for each element. For example, the first bit may be notified as Discovery Request, the second bit as Multi-band element request, and the third bit as Neighbor report element request as 1: Yes, 0: No. .
 <変形例1-3>
 STA100及びSTA200は、A-BFT期間において、TRN-R(Receive training)サブフィールド数を示すフィールド又はサブフィールドをSSWフレームに含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-3>
The STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit a field or subfield indicating the number of TRN-R (Receive training) subfields included in the SSW frame in the A-BFT period.
 図14は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。STA2がA-BFT期間において送信するSSWフレームにTRN=1が追記され、STA2宛てProbe応答にTRN-Rサブフィールドが追加されている。 FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300. TRN = 1 is added to the SSW frame transmitted by the STA2 in the A-BFT period, and the TRN-R subfield is added to the Probe response addressed to the STA2.
 図15は、SSWフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。図4のSSWフレームと比較し、図15のSSWフレームはNumber of TRN-Rサブフィールドを含み、Reservedサブフィールドのビット数が少ない。 FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the SSW frame. Compared with the SSW frame in FIG. 4, the SSW frame in FIG. 15 includes a Number of TRN-R subfield, and the number of bits in the Reserved subfield is small.
 STA200は、図15のSSWフレームのNumber of TRN-Rサブフィールドに、STA200の受信アンテナセクタ数に応じた値を含めて送信する。例えば、Number of TRN-Rサブフィールドの値の16倍が、STA200の受信セクタ数を示しても良い。 The STA 200 transmits a value including the value corresponding to the number of receiving antenna sectors of the STA 200 in the Number of 値 TRN-R subfield of the SSW frame of FIG. For example, 16 times the value of the Number of TRN-R subfield may indicate the number of received sectors of the STA 200.
 STA200は、Number of TRN-Rサブフィールドの値を1以上に設定してSSWフレームを送信した場合、SSWフレームを受信したAP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、Number of TRN-Rサブフィールドの値に応じた数のTRN-Rサブフィールドを含むTRNフィールドをProbe応答に付加して送信する。 When the STA 200 transmits the SSW frame with the value of the Number of TRN-R subfield set to 1 or more, the AP / PCP 300 that has received the SSW frame responds to the value of the Number of TRN-R subfield in the DTI. A TRN field including a certain number of TRN-R subfields is added to the Probe response and transmitted.
 STA200は、TRNフィールドが付加されたProbe応答を受信した場合、TRNフィールド毎に切り替えた受信セクタを用いてTRN-Rサブフィールドを受信して、受信品質を測定し、受信アンテナのBFTを行っても良い。STA200は、受信ビームフォーミングにより、最良の受信アンテナ及び受信セクタを選択してもよい。 When receiving the Probe response with the TRN field added, the STA 200 receives the TRN-R subfield using the reception sector switched for each TRN field, measures the reception quality, and performs the BFT of the reception antenna. Also good. The STA 200 may select the best receiving antenna and receiving sector by receiving beamforming.
 STA200は、送信アンテナの指向性特性と受信アンテナの指向性特性の関係が既知であるアンテナパターンレシプロシティ等を有する場合、受信アンテナのビームフォーミング結果に基づき、最良の送信アンテナ及び送信セクタを選択しても良い。 When the STA 200 has an antenna pattern reciprocity or the like in which the relationship between the directivity characteristic of the transmission antenna and the directivity characteristic of the reception antenna is known, the STA 200 selects the best transmission antenna and transmission sector based on the beamforming result of the reception antenna. May be.
 なお、アンテナレシプロシティとは、STA200が複数の送信アンテナと複数の受信アンテナを備える場合に、最良の送信セクタが属するアンテナ番号と、最良の受信セクタが属するアンテナ番号が同じである可能性が高くなるアンテナの構成を意味する。 The antenna reciprocity is highly likely that the antenna number to which the best transmission sector belongs and the antenna number to which the best reception sector belongs are the same when the STA 200 includes a plurality of transmission antennas and a plurality of reception antennas. Means the antenna configuration.
 例えば、第1の送信アンテナと第1の受信アンテナが同様のカバー範囲を有し(例えば、通信エリアが正面方向)、第2の送信アンテナと第2の受信アンテナが同様のカバー範囲を有し(例えば、通信エリアが背面方向)、かつ、第1の送信アンテナ及び第1の受信アンテナと、第2の送信アンテナ及び第2の受信アンテナのカバー範囲に重複が少ない場合、STA200は、アンテナレシプロシティを備える。なお、第1の送信アンテナと第1の受信アンテナは、第1の送受信共用のアンテナであってもよい。また、第2の送信アンテナと第2の受信アンテナは、第2の送受信共用のアンテナであってもよい。 For example, the first transmission antenna and the first reception antenna have the same cover range (for example, the communication area is in the front direction), and the second transmission antenna and the second reception antenna have the same cover range. When the communication area is in the back direction (for example, when the coverage area of the first transmission antenna and the first reception antenna, and the second transmission antenna and the second reception antenna is small), the STA 200 performs antenna reciprocation. Provide a city. Note that the first transmitting antenna and the first receiving antenna may be the first antenna for both transmission and reception. Further, the second transmission antenna and the second reception antenna may be a second transmission / reception antenna.
 なお、アンテナパターンレシプロシティとは、最良の送信セクタのセクタ番号と、最良の受信セクタのセクタ番号が同じである可能性が高くなるアンテナの構成を意味する。例えば、第1の送信アンテナと第1の受信アンテナが同様の指向性パターンを有する。また、例えば、第1の送受信共用のアンテナ(図8のアンテナアレー)が、送信時と受信時で同様の指向性パターンを有する。 The antenna pattern reciprocity means an antenna configuration in which the sector number of the best transmission sector and the sector number of the best reception sector are likely to be the same. For example, the first transmitting antenna and the first receiving antenna have the same directivity pattern. Also, for example, the first transmission / reception shared antenna (antenna array in FIG. 8) has the same directivity pattern during transmission and reception.
 STA200は、TRN-Rサブフィールドを用いて受信アンテナのBFTを行い、最良の受信セクタを選択する。よって、STA200は、AP/PCP300との通信性能を高め、Probe応答以降の処理(例えば、図示しないアソシエーション応答フレームの受信)を高速、および/または、低エラーレートで行える。 The STA 200 performs BFT of the receiving antenna using the TRN-R subfield and selects the best receiving sector. Therefore, the STA 200 can improve the communication performance with the AP / PCP 300, and can perform processing after the Probe response (for example, reception of an association response frame (not shown)) at high speed and / or at a low error rate.
 また、STA200は、TRN-Rサブフィールドを用いて受信アンテナのBFTを行った結果を用いて最良の送信セクタを選択する。よって、STA200は、SSW-FBフレームを受信しない場合であっても、AP/PCP300との通信性能を高め、Probe応答以降の処理(例えば、図示しないアソシエーション要求フレームの送信)を高速、および/または、低エラーレートで行える。 Also, the STA 200 selects the best transmission sector using the result of performing the BFT of the receiving antenna using the TRN-R subfield. Therefore, even when the STA 200 does not receive the SSW-FB frame, the STA 200 improves the communication performance with the AP / PCP 300, and performs high-speed processing after the Probe response (for example, transmission of an association request frame (not shown)). Can be done at a low error rate.
 <変形例1-4>
 STA100及びSTA200は、A-BFT期間において、SIFS turnoverフィールド又はサブフィールドを含めたSSWフレームを送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-4>
The STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit an SSW frame including the SIFS turnover field or subfield in the A-BFT period.
 図16は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。図16では、STA200がA-BFT期間において送信するSSWフレームにSIFS=1が追記されている。 FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300. In FIG. 16, SIFS = 1 is added to the SSW frame transmitted by the STA 200 in the A-BFT period.
 図17は、SSWフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。図4のSSWフレームと比較し、図17のSSWフレームはSIFS Turnoverサブフィールドを含み、Reservedサブフィールドのビット数が少ない。 FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the SSW frame. Compared with the SSW frame of FIG. 4, the SSW frame of FIG. 17 includes the SIFS Turnover subfield and the number of bits of the Reserved subfield is small.
 図18は、SSWフレームのフォーマットの別の例を示す図である。図17のSSWフレームと比較し、図18のSSWフレームはDiscovery Request Typeフィールドを含む。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing another example of the format of the SSW frame. Compared with the SSW frame of FIG. 17, the SSW frame of FIG. 18 includes a Discovery Request Type field.
 STA100及びSTA200は、図17のDiscovery Requestフィールドの値を0に設定する代わりに、図18のDiscovery Request Typeフィールドの値を0に設定してSSWフレームを送信しても良い。STA100及びSTA200は、図17のDiscovery Requestフィールドの値を1、SIFS Turnoverフィールドを0に設定する代わりに、図18のDiscovery Request Typeフィールドの値を1に設定してSSWフレームを送信しても良い。 The STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit the SSW frame with the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 18 set to 0 instead of setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 17 to 0. The STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit the SSW frame by setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 18 to 1 instead of setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 17 to 1 and the SIFS Turnover field to 0. .
 STA100及びSTA200は、図17のDiscovery Requestフィールドの値を1、SIFS Turnoverフィールドを1に設定する代わりに、図18のDiscovery Request Typeフィールドの値を2に設定してSSWフレームを送信しても良い。Discovery Request Typeフィールドの値「3」は、Reservedである。 The STA 100 and the STA 200 may transmit the SSW frame by setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 18 to 2 instead of setting the value of the Discovery Request field of FIG. 17 to 1 and the SIFS Turnover field to 1. . The value “3” of the Discovery Request Type field is Reserved.
 図18のSSWフレームは、Reservedの設定(Discovery Request Typeフィールドの値が3)を、将来の機能拡張に用いても良い。 In the SSW frame of FIG. 18, the Reserved setting (Discovery Request Type field value 3) may be used for future function expansion.
 AP/PCP300は、SIFS Turnoverサブフィールドの値が1に設定されたSSWフレームを受信した場合、DTIにおいて、Probe応答の宛先アドレスを、例えばSTA200宛てのユニキャストアドレスに設定してProbe応答を送信する。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame in which the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield is set to 1, the AP / PCP 300 sets the destination address of the Probe response to, for example, a unicast address addressed to the STA 200 and transmits the Probe response in the DTI. .
 STA200は、宛先アドレスにユニキャストアドレスを含むProbe応答を受信した場合、SIFS時間(3μsec)後にAckフレームを送信する。STA200は、Ackフレームを送信する前に、Probe応答に含まれるビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を解析してベストセクタを決定し、送信セクタをベストセクタに設定してAckフレームを送信する。 When the STA 200 receives a Probe response including a unicast address as a destination address, the STA 200 transmits an Ack frame after SIFS time (3 μsec). Before transmitting the Ack frame, the STA 200 analyzes the beamforming feedback information included in the Probe response to determine the best sector, sets the transmission sector to the best sector, and transmits the Ack frame.
 図19は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 AP/PCP300は、SIFS Turnoverサブフィールドの値が0に設定されたSSWフレームを受信した場合、DTIにおいて、Probe応答の宛先アドレスを、ブロードキャストアドレスに設定してProbe応答を送信する。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame in which the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield is set to 0, the AP / PCP 300 sets the destination address of the Probe response to the broadcast address and transmits the Probe response in the DTI.
 STA100は、宛先アドレスにブロードキャストアドレスを含むProbe応答を受信した場合、Probe応答に含まれるビームフォーミングフィードバック情報のアドレス(後述、図29のMACアドレスフィールド)がSTA100宛てか否かを判定し、STA100宛てである場合、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を解析してベストセクタを決定する。 When the STA 100 receives the Probe response including the broadcast address as the destination address, the STA 100 determines whether the address of the beamforming feedback information included in the Probe response (a MAC address field in FIG. 29 described later) is addressed to the STA 100, and is addressed to the STA 100. If it is, the best sector is determined by analyzing the beamforming feedback information.
 STA200は、DTIにおいて、宛先アドレスにユニキャストアドレスを含むProbe応答を受信した場合、SIFS時間でビームフォーミングフィードバック情報の解析と送信セクタの設定を行った後、図示しないAckの送信を行ってもよい。Ackの送信を行うことにより、STA200は、高信頼の通信を行える。例えば、AP/PCP300は、宛先アドレスにユニキャストアドレスを含むProbe応答を送信し、SIFS時間後にAckフレームを受信しない場合、Probe応答の再送を行ってもよい。 When the STA 200 receives a Probe response including a unicast address as a destination address in the DTI, the STA 200 may perform transmission of Ack (not shown) after analyzing beamforming feedback information and setting a transmission sector in the SIFS time. . By transmitting Ack, the STA 200 can perform highly reliable communication. For example, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a Probe response including a unicast address as a destination address, and may retransmit the Probe response when an Ack frame is not received after the SIFS time.
 STA100は、DTIにおいて、宛先アドレスにブロードキャストアドレスを含むProbe応答を受信した場合、SIFS以上の時間でビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を解析してもよい。これにより、処理能力が低いSTAであっても、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むProbe応答の受信処理を行え、ディスカバリを完了できる。 When the STA 100 receives a Probe response including a broadcast address as a destination address in the DTI, the STA 100 may analyze the beamforming feedback information in a time longer than SIFS. Thereby, even a STA with low processing capability can receive a Probe response including beamforming feedback information and complete discovery.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、SIFS Turnoverサブフィールドの値が0に設定されたSSWフレームをSTA100から受信した場合、SSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信し、DTIにおいて、Probe応答にビームフィードバック情報を含めず、宛先アドレスをSTA100宛てのユニキャストアドレスに設定して、Probe応答を送信してもよい。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame in which the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield is set to 0 in the A-BFT period from the STA 100, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100, and performs beam feedback as a Probe response in the DTI. The probe response may be transmitted by setting the destination address as the unicast address addressed to the STA 100 without including the information.
 STA100は、SSW-FBフレームを受信後、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を解析する。したがって、Probe応答の受信時におけるビームフォーミングフィードバック情報の解析は省略されてもよい。これにより、STA100は、処理能力が低くても、SIFS時間後にAckフレームを送信できる。 The STA 100 analyzes the beamforming feedback information after receiving the SSW-FB frame. Therefore, the analysis of the beamforming feedback information when receiving the Probe response may be omitted. Thereby, the STA 100 can transmit the Ack frame after the SIFS time even if the processing capability is low.
 AP/PCP300は、SIFS Turnoverサブフィールドの値が0に設定されたSSWフレームをSTA100から受信し、STA100へのSSW-FBフレームの送信を省略する場合、STA100のビームフォーミング情報を含み、宛先アドレスをブロードキャストアドレスに設定したProbe応答を送信しても良い。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame in which the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield is set to 0 from the STA 100 and omits transmission of the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100, the AP / PCP 300 includes the beam forming information of the STA 100 and includes the destination address. A Probe response set to the broadcast address may be transmitted.
 STA100及びSTA200は、ビームフィードバック情報に対する処理能力に応じて、SIFS Turnoverサブフィールドの値を設定しても良い。これにより、ビームフィードバック情報に対する処理能力が低い場合であっても、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むProbe応答の受信処理を行える。よって、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮できる。 The STA 100 and the STA 200 may set the value of the SIFS Turnover subfield according to the processing capability for the beam feedback information. Thereby, even when the processing capability for the beam feedback information is low, it is possible to receive the probe response including the beamforming feedback information. Therefore, the delay required for discovery can be shortened.
 <変形例1-5>
 図20は、STAがAP/PCPに対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。図20では、STA200は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームの代わりにディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドを含むShort SSWパケットを送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-5>
FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA performs an active scan on the AP / PCP. In FIG. 20, the STA 200 may transmit a Short SSW packet including a field indicating a discovery request instead of the SSW frame in the A-BFT period.
 図21は、Short SSWパケットのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドは、図4のディスカバリ要求サブフィールドと同様である。 FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the Short SSW packet. The field indicating the discovery request is the same as the discovery request subfield of FIG.
 Short SSWパケットはSSWフレームを含むパケットよりパケット長が短いため、STA200は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームよりも多数のShort SSWパケットを、Short SSWパケット毎に送信セクタを切り替えて送信する。STA200は、多数の送信セクタのトレーニングをA-BFT期間において行えるので、ビームフォーミングの精度が向上する。よって、(Probe応答受信以降の)AP/PCP300との通信品質が向上する。 Since the Short SSW packet has a shorter packet length than the packet including the SSW frame, the STA 200 transmits more Short SSW packets than the SSW frame while switching the transmission sector for each Short SSW packet in the A-BFT period. Since the STA 200 can perform training of a large number of transmission sectors in the A-BFT period, the accuracy of beam forming is improved. Therefore, the communication quality with the AP / PCP 300 (after receiving the Probe response) is improved.
 また、STA200が送信するShort SSWパケットは、パケット長が短いため、他のSTA(例えば図示しないSTA100)に干渉を与える確率、および/または、他のSTAから干渉を受ける確率が低下する。これにより、AP/PCP300が複数のSTAから有効なSSWフレーム及びShort SSWパケットを受信する確率が高まる。 Also, since the Short SSW packet transmitted by the STA 200 has a short packet length, the probability of causing interference to other STAs (for example, the STA 100 not shown) and / or the probability of receiving interference from other STAs decreases. This increases the probability that the AP / PCP 300 receives valid SSW frames and Short SSW packets from a plurality of STAs.
 STA200は、図21に示すShort SSWパケットのディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドをDR=1に設定してShort SSWパケットを送信する。AP/PCP300は、複数のSTAから有効なSSWフレーム及びShort SSWパケットを受信した場合、次の処理を行う。すなわち、AP/PCP300は、SSWフレーム又はShort SSWパケットのディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドをDR=1に設定して送信したSTAに対して、BFフィードバックを含むProbe応答フレームを送信する。STA200は、Probe応答フレームを受信し、AP/PCP300に対するBFT及びディスカバリを完了できる。 The STA 200 sets the field indicating the discovery request of the Short SSW packet shown in FIG. 21 to DR = 1 and transmits the Short SSW packet. When the AP / PCP 300 receives valid SSW frames and Short SSW packets from a plurality of STAs, the AP / PCP 300 performs the following processing. That is, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response frame including BF feedback to the STA that transmits the SSW frame or the Short SSW packet indicating the discovery request field with DR = 1. The STA 200 can receive the Probe response frame and complete the BFT and discovery for the AP / PCP 300.
 このように、STA200は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドを含むShort SSWパケットを送信する。よって、複数のSTAがA-BFT期間においてBFTを行う場合における、Probe応答フレームを受信し、AP/PCP300に対するBFT及びディスカバリを完了するまでの遅延が、高い確率で短くなる。 Thus, the STA 200 transmits a Shorthor SSW packet including a field indicating a discovery request. Therefore, when a plurality of STAs perform BFT in the A-BFT period, the delay until receiving the Probe response frame and completing the BFT and discovery for the AP / PCP 300 is shortened with high probability.
 <変形例1-6>
 STA200は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームの代わりにディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド及びコントロールトレイラ(Control Trailer)を含むShort SSWパケットを送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-6>
In the A-BFT period, the STA 200 may transmit a Short SSW packet including a field indicating a discovery request and a control trailer instead of the SSW frame.
 図22は、STA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。図22には、STA2がA-BFT期間において送信するShort SSWパケットにDR=1が追記されている。 FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 200 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300. In FIG. 22, DR = 1 is added to the ShortSSSW packet that STA2 transmits in the A-BFT period.
 図23は、Short SSWパケットのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。図20においてSTA200が用いるShort SSWパケット(通常のShort SSWパケット)は、L-STF(Legacy Short Training Field)、L-CEF(Legacy Channel Estimation Field)、L-Header(Legacy Header)、Payloadを含む。なお、図21は、Short SSWパケットのPayloadのフォーマットを示す図である。図23のShort SSWパケットは、図20のShort SSWパケットと比較し、コントロールトレイラを含む。 FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the Short SSW packet. In FIG. 20, the Short200SSW packet (ordinary Short SSW packet) used by the STA 200 includes an L-STF (Legacy Short Training Field), L-CEF (Legacy Channel Estimation Field), L-Header (Legacy Header), and Payload. FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a Payload format of a ShortSSSW packet. The Short SSW packet of FIG. 23 includes a control trailer as compared with the Short SSW packet of FIG.
 コントロールトレイラは、ディスカバリを行うための追加の情報である、Discovery Criteriaフィールド、Reservedフィールド及び誤り検出符号フィールド(CTCS:Control Trailer Check Sequence)を含む。Discovery Criteriaフィールドは、BSS Typeサブフィールド、Short SSID(Service Set IDentifier)サブフィールド、RNS Infoサブフィールドを含む。 The control trailer includes a Discovery Criteria field, a Reserved field, and an error detection code field (CTCS: Control Trailer Check Sequence), which are additional information for performing discovery. The Discovery Criteria field includes a BSS Type subfield, a Short SSID (Service Set IDentifier) subfield, and an RNS Info subfield.
 STA200は、BSS Typeサブフィールドの値を、Infrastructure BSSを示す値(BSS Type=3)に設定してShort SSWパケットを送信する。AP/PCP300は、BSS(Basic Service Set)がInfrastructure BSSである場合、STA200への応答(Probe応答の送信)を行い、BSS(Basic Service Set)がInfrastructure BSSで無い(例えば、PBSS(Personal BSS、BSS Type=2)又はIBSS(independent BSS、BSS Type=1)である)場合、STA200への応答を省略しても良い。 The STA 200 sets the value of the BSS Type subfield to a value indicating Infrastructure BSS (BSS Type = 3) and transmits the Short SSW packet. When the BSS (Basic Service Set) is Infrastructure BSS, the AP / PCP 300 performs a response to the STA 200 (transmission of a Probe response), and the BSS (Basic Service Set) is not Infrastructure BSS (for example, PBSS (Personal Service BSS, In the case of BSS Type = 2) or IBSS (independent BSS, BSS Type = 1)), the response to the STA 200 may be omitted.
 AP/PCP300は、受信したShort SSWパケットのBSS Typeサブフィールドの値が、AP/PCP300のBSSと同じ種類を示す場合、STA200への応答を行い、異なる種類を示す場合、応答を省略しても良い。 The AP / PCP 300 responds to the STA 200 when the value of the BSS 同 じ Type subfield of the received Short SSW packet indicates the same type as the BSS of the AP / PCP 300, and omits the response when indicating a different type. good.
 STA200は、通信を使用するアプリケーションに応じて、接続するBSSを選択し、BSS Typeサブフィールドの値を設定してもよい。これにより、接続を意図しないアクセスポイントからの応答を抑制し、ディスカバリの遅延を減らし、AP/PCP300による不要なパケットの送信を減らせる。 The STA 200 may select a BSS to be connected according to an application using communication, and set a value of the BSS Type subfield. As a result, responses from access points that are not intended to be connected can be suppressed, discovery delay can be reduced, and transmission of unnecessary packets by the AP / PCP 300 can be reduced.
 例えば、STA200の使用するアプリケーションがインターネットブラウザである場合、STA200は、IPパケットを伝送するためのInfrastructure BSSのアクセスポイントに接続してもよい。また、STA200の使用するアプリケーションが大画面ディスプレイへの映像伝送である場合、STA200は、ディスプレイとの1対1通信を行うためのPBSSのPCPに接続してもよい。 For example, when the application used by the STA 200 is an Internet browser, the STA 200 may connect to an Infrastructure BSS access point for transmitting IP packets. When the application used by the STA 200 is video transmission to a large screen display, the STA 200 may be connected to a PCP of PBSS for performing one-to-one communication with the display.
 STA200は、Short SSIDフィールドの値を、接続を予定するアクセスポイントのSSID(Service Set IDentifier)(BSSを識別する識別子)の32ビットハッシュ値に設定して、Short SSWパケットを送信しても良い。 The STA 200 may set the value of the Short SSID field to the 32-bit hash value of the SSID (Service Set IDentifier) (identifier for identifying the BSS) of the access point to be connected, and transmit the Short SSW packet.
 AP/PCP300は、受信したShort SSWパケットのShort SSIDサブフィールドの値が、AP/PCP300のBSSのSSIDのハッシュ値と一致する場合、STA200へ応答し、一致しない場合、STA200への応答を省略しても良い。 The AP / PCP 300 responds to the STA 200 when the value of the Short SSID subfield of the received Short SSW packet matches the hash value of the SSID of the BSS of the AP / PCP 300, and omits the response to the STA 200 when they do not match. May be.
 STA200は、例えば、他のAP/PCP(図示しない)が提供する近隣のAP/PCPのSSIDのリスト、または、他の通信方式により取得したSSIDの値からAP/PCPを指定してディスカバリを行う。これにより、指定しないAP/PCPからの応答に対する処理を省略でき、ディスカバリの遅延を短縮できる。 For example, the STA 200 performs discovery by specifying an AP / PCP from a list of SSIDs of neighboring AP / PCPs provided by other AP / PCPs (not shown) or SSID values obtained by other communication methods. . As a result, it is possible to omit processing for a response from an AP / PCP that is not specified, and to shorten the discovery delay.
 STA200は、11ad規格に定められるRSNエレメント内のフィールドの一部が含まれるように、RSN Infoフィールドの値を定めても良い。RSN Infoフィールドの値は、無線接続におけるセキュリティ機能(例えば、秘匿、認証に関する)のサポート有無および/またはパラメータに関する情報を含む。 The STA 200 may determine the value of the RSN Info field so that a part of the field in the RSN element defined in the 11ad standard is included. The value of the RSN Info field includes information on presence / absence of support for security functions (for example, concealment and authentication) in wireless connection and / or parameters.
 AP/PCP300は、受信したShort SSWパケットのRSN Infoフィールドが示すセキュリティ機能をサポートしている場合、STA200へ応答し、サポートしていない場合、STA200への応答を省略しても良い。 The AP / PCP 300 may respond to the STA 200 when the security function indicated by the RSNRS Info field of the received Short SSW packet is supported, and may omit the response to the STA 200 when the security function is not supported.
 このように、STA200は、Discovery Criteriaフィールドの値を含むShort SSWフレームを送信する。これにより、アプリケーションに適合しないBSSのAP/PCP、または、指定しないAP/PCPからの応答に対する処理を省略でき、ディスカバリの遅延を短縮できる。 In this way, the STA 200 transmits the Short SSW frame including the value of the Discovery Criteria field. As a result, it is possible to omit processing for a response from an AP / PCP of a BSS that does not conform to an application or an AP / PCP that is not specified, and to shorten a discovery delay.
 <変形例1-7>
 PCP/AP300は、A-BFT期間において、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信したことを示すDiscovery Request AckフィールドをSSW-FBフレームに含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-7>
The PCP / AP 300 may transmit a SSW-FB frame including a Discovery Request Ack field indicating that an SSW frame including DR = 1 has been received in the A-BFT period.
 図24は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。図24では、STA100がA-BFT期間において送信するSSWフィールドにDR=1が追記され、AP/PCP300がA-BFT期間において送信するSSW-FBフィールドにDRA=1が追記されている。 FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300. In FIG. 24, DR = 1 is added to the SSW field that the STA 100 transmits in the A-BFT period, and DRA = 1 is added to the SSW-FB field that the AP / PCP 300 transmits in the A-BFT period.
 図25は、SSW-FBフレームのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。SSW-FBフレームは、Frame Controlフィールド、Durationフィールド、RAフィールド、SSW Feedback(SSW-FB)フィールド、BRP Requestフィールド、Beamformed Link Maintenanceフィールド、FCSフィールドを含む。 FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the SSW-FB frame. The SSW-FB frame includes a Frame-Control field, Duration field, RA field, SSW Feedback (SSW-FB) field, BRP Request field, Beamformed Link Maintenance field, and FCS field.
 SSW Feedbackフィールドは、Sector Selectサブフィールド、DMG Antenna Selectサブフィールド、SNR Reportサブフィールド、Poll Requiredサブフィールド、Discovery Request ACK(DRA)サブフィールド、Reservedサブフィールドを含む。 The SSW Feedback field includes a Sector Select subfield, a DMG Antenna Select subfield, an SNR Report subfield, a Poll Required subfield, a Discovery Request ACK (DRA) subfield, and a Reserved subfield.
 PCP/AP300は、A-BFT期間において、STA100からDR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信した場合、Discovery Request Ackサブフィールドの値をDRA=1に設定したSSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信する。 When the PCP / AP 300 receives an SSW frame including DR = 1 from the STA 100 during the A-BFT period, the PCP / AP 300 transmits an SSW-FB frame in which the value of the Discovery Request Ack subfield is set to DRA = 1 to the STA 100.
 PCP/AP300は、A-BFT期間において、STA100からDR=0を含むSSWフレームを受信した場合、Discovery Request Ackサブフィールドの値をDRA=0に設定したSSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信する。 When the PCP / AP 300 receives an SSW frame including DR = 0 from the STA 100 during the A-BFT period, the PCP / AP 300 transmits an SSW-FB frame in which the value of the Discovery Request Ack subfield is set to DRA = 0 to the STA 100.
 また、PCP/AP300は、A-BFT期間において、STA100からDR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信し、Probe応答をSTA100へ送信しない場合、A-BFT期間において、Discovery Request Ackサブフィールドの値をDRA=0に設定したSSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信する。 Also, when the PCP / AP 300 receives an SSW frame including DR = 1 from the STA 100 during the A-BFT period and does not transmit a Probe response to the STA 100, the PCP / AP 300 sets the value of the Discovery Request Ack subfield to the DRA during the A-BFT period. SSW-FB frame set to = 0 is transmitted to the STA 100.
 なお、「PCP/AP300がProbe応答をSTA100へ送信しない場合」は、例えば、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信したとしても、Probe応答を送信する機能(実施の形態1を参照)をサポートしない場合を含む。 Note that “when the PCP / AP 300 does not transmit a Probe response to the STA 100” does not support a function of transmitting a Probe response (see Embodiment 1) even when an SSW frame including DR = 1 is received, for example. Including cases.
 また、「PCP/AP300がProbe応答をSTA100へ送信しない場合」は、例えば、DR=1を含むSSWフレームに含まれるDiscovery Criteriaフィールド(図23を参照)の値が、PCP/AP300の条件と合致しない(例えば、BSS Typeが異なる)場合を含む。 Also, “when the PCP / AP 300 does not send a Probe response to the STA 100”, for example, the value of the Discovery Criteria field (see FIG. 23) included in the SSW frame including DR = 1 matches the condition of the PCP / AP 300 This includes the case where it is not performed (for example, BSS type is different).
 なお、PCP/AP300は、SSWフレームを受信しない場合、SSW-FBフレームを送信しなくてもよい。 Note that the PCP / AP 300 does not need to transmit the SSW-FB frame when it does not receive the SSW frame.
 STA100は、Discovery Request Ackサブフィールドを含むSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合、DTIにおいてProbe応答を待ち受けるか否かを判断する。 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame including the Discovery Request Ack subfield, the STA 100 determines whether or not to wait for a Probe response in the DTI.
 STA100は、受信したDiscovery Request Ackサブフィールドの値がDRA=1である場合、Probe応答の待ち受けを行う。これにより、STA100は、不要なProbe要求の送信を回避できる。 The STA 100 waits for a Probe response when the value of the received Discovery = Request Ack subfield is DRA = 1. Thereby, the STA 100 can avoid transmission of an unnecessary Probe request.
 STA100は、受信したDiscovery Request Ackサブフィールドの値がDRA=0である場合、Probe要求の送信を行う。これにより、STA100は、Probe応答の不要な待ち受けを行うことによる遅延を回避できる。 The STA 100 transmits a Probe request when the value of the received Discovery Request Ack subfield is DRA = 0. Thereby, the STA 100 can avoid a delay due to unnecessary waiting for a Probe response.
 AP/PCP300は、Discovery Request Ackサブフィールドの値をDRA=1に設定してSSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信した場合、Probe要求を受信するまで、Probe応答をSTA100へ送信しない。これにより、AP/PCP300は、不要なProbe応答の送信を回避できる。 When the AP / PCP 300 sends the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 with the value of the Discovery Request Ack subfield set to DRA = 1, the AP / PCP 300 does not send the Probe response to the STA 100 until the Probe request is received. As a result, the AP / PCP 300 can avoid sending an unnecessary Probe response.
 <変形例1-8>
 PCP/AP300は、A-BFT期間において、SSW-FBフレームを送信した後、さらに、DTIにおいて、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信したことを示すSSW-FBフレームの代わりのフレーム(例えば、ATIM(announcement traffic indication message)フレーム、または、SSW-ACKフレーム)を送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-8>
After transmitting the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT period, the PCP / AP 300 further transmits a frame (for example, ATIM) instead of the SSW-FB frame indicating that the SSW frame including DR = 1 is received in the DTI. (Announcement traffic indication message) frame or SSW-ACK frame) may be transmitted.
 図26は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを、STA100及びSTA200から受信する。AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームの送信元STAのいずれか(図26ではSTA100)へSSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。 AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame including DR = 1 from STA 100 and STA 200 in the A-BFT period. The AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to one of the SSW frame transmission source STAs (STA 100 in FIG. 26) in the A-BFT period.
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、SSW-ACKフレームをSTA200へ送信しても良い。AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームの送信元STA100,200のうち、SSW-FBフレームを送信しなかったSTA200へSSW-ACKフレームを送信しても良い。 The AP / PCP 300 may transmit an SSW-ACK frame to the STA 200 in DTI. The AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-ACK frame to the STA 200 that did not transmit the SSW-FB frame, among the SSW frame transmission source STAs 100 and 200.
 なお、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、SSW-ACKフレームの代わりに、ATIMフレームを、STA200に送信しても良い。 Note that the AP / PCP 300 may transmit an ATIM frame to the STA 200 instead of the SSW-ACK frame in the DTI.
 STA200は、AP/PCP300からのSSW-ACKフレームを受信した場合、Probe応答の待ち受けを行う。STA200は、AP/PCP300からSSW-ACKフレームを受信しない場合、A-BFT期間におけるBFTが完了しなかったと判断し、別の手順、例えばDTIにおけるビームフォーミングを実行しても良い。これにより、STA200は、Probe応答の待ち受けを回避でき、遅延の増加を回避できる。また、STA200は、次のBTIまで待ち受けを停止するスリープ(パワーセーブ)モードに移行することによって、消費電力を低減できる。 When the STA 200 receives the SSW-ACK frame from the AP / PCP 300, it waits for a Probe response. If the STA 200 does not receive the SSW-ACK frame from the AP / PCP 300, the STA 200 may determine that the BFT in the A-BFT period has not been completed, and execute another procedure, for example, beamforming in DTI. Thereby, the STA 200 can avoid waiting for a Probe response, and can avoid an increase in delay. In addition, the STA 200 can reduce power consumption by shifting to a sleep (power save) mode in which standby is stopped until the next BTI.
 なお、AP/PCP300は、DTIの初頭にSSW-ACKフレームを送信しても良い。SSW-ACKフレームの待ち受け時間は、Probe応答の待ち受け時間よりも短い。よって、STA200は、BFTが完了したか否かの判断を早期に行うことができ、待ち受け時間を短縮できる。 Note that the AP / PCP 300 may transmit an SSW-ACK frame at the beginning of the DTI. The waiting time for the SSW-ACK frame is shorter than the waiting time for the Probe response. Therefore, the STA 200 can quickly determine whether or not the BFT has been completed, and the standby time can be shortened.
 また、AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間とDTIの間ATI(Announcement transmission interval)を設定し、ATIMフレームを送信しても良い。ATIは、DTIに比べ短い期間として設定されても良い。ATIにおけるATIMフレームの待ち受け時間は、DTIにおけるProbe応答の待ち受け時間より短いため、STA200は、BFTが完了したか否かの判断を早期に行うことができ、待ち受け時間を短縮できる。 In addition, the AP / PCP 300 may set an ATI (Announcement transmission interval) between the A-BFT period and the DTI, and may transmit an ATIM frame. The ATI may be set as a shorter period than the DTI. Since the standby time of the ATIM frame in ATI is shorter than the standby time of the Probe response in DTI, the STA 200 can determine whether or not the BFT is completed early, and the standby time can be shortened.
 <変形例1-9>
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、STA100宛ておよびSTA200宛てのProbe応答を、DMGビーコンの送信やSSWフレームの送信と同様に、SBIFS(Short BeamForming Interframe Space)間隔(1μsec)で連続送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-9>
In the DTI, the PCP / AP 300 may continuously transmit a Probe response addressed to the STA 100 and the STA 200 at an SBIFS (Short BeamForming Interframe Space) interval (1 μsec), similarly to the transmission of the DMG beacon and the SSW frame.
 図27は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 PCP/AP300は、A-BFT期間において、複数のSTAからDR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信する。 PCP / AP 300 receives SSW frames including DR = 1 from a plurality of STAs in the A-BFT period.
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、各STA宛てのProbe応答を、SBIFS間隔(1μsec)又はSIFS間隔(3μsec)のように、短い間隔で送信する。 The PCP / AP 300 transmits a Probe response addressed to each STA in a DTI at short intervals such as an SBIFS interval (1 μsec) or a SIFS interval (3 μsec).
 なお、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答の宛先アドレスをブロードキャストアドレスに設定しても良い。これにより、Probe応答を受信したSTAはACKフレームの送信を省略できるため、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答を、短い間隔で送信できる。 Note that the AP / PCP 300 may set the destination address of the Probe response as a broadcast address. Thereby, since the STA that has received the Probe response can omit the transmission of the ACK frame, the AP / PCP 300 can transmit the Probe response at a short interval.
 このように、PCP/AP300は、複数のSTAに対して効率よくProbe応答を送信でき、STA100及びSTA200は、Probe応答の待ち受けに要する時間を短縮できる。 Thus, the PCP / AP 300 can efficiently transmit a Probe response to a plurality of STAs, and the STA 100 and the STA 200 can shorten the time required for waiting for a Probe response.
 <変形例1-10>
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、複数のSTA(例えばSTA100及びSTA200)のビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を、Probe応答に含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-10>
The PCP / AP 300 may transmit the beamforming feedback information of a plurality of STAs (for example, the STA 100 and the STA 200) in the Probe response in the DTI.
 図28は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 28 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 図29は、Probe応答のフォーマットの一例を示す図である。図29のProbe応答は、図5のProbe応答と比較し、Beamforming FeedbackエレメントにMACアドレスフィールドを追加する。 FIG. 29 is a diagram showing an example of the format of a Probe response. The Probe response in FIG. 29 adds a MAC address field to the Beamforming Feedback element as compared with the Probe response in FIG.
 AP/PCP300は、図29において、Probe応答のProbe Response frame bodyに複数のBeamforming Feedbackフレームを含めても良い。例えば、AP/PCP300は、Probe Response frame bodyに2個のBeamforming Feedbackフレームを含め、第1のBeamforming FeedbackフレームにSTA100に関するビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含め、MACアドレスフィールドをSTA100のMACアドレスに設定してもよい。また、AP/PCP300は、第2のBeamforming FeedbackフレームにSTA200に関するビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含め、MACアドレスフィールドをSTA200のMACアドレスに設定してもよい。 In FIG. 29, the AP / PCP 300 may include a plurality of Beamforming Feedback frames in the Probe Response frame body of the Probe response. For example, the AP / PCP 300 includes two Beamforming Feedback frames in the Probe Response frame body, includes beamforming feedback information regarding the STA100 in the first Beamforming Feedback frame, and sets the MAC address field to the MAC address of the STA100. Good. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may include the beam forming feedback information regarding the STA 200 in the second Beamforming Feedback frame, and set the MAC address field to the MAC address of the STA 200.
 AP/PCP300は、STA100宛てフレームの送信に用いるセクタと、STA200宛てフレームの送信に用いるセクタとが同一である場合、STA100及びSTA200のビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を1つのProbe応答に含め、同一のセクタを用いて送信しても良い。例えば、STA100がSSWフレームに含めるフィードバック情報が指定するAP/PCP300の最良セクタと、STA200がSSWフレームに含めるフィードバック情報が指定するAP/PCP300の最良セクタとが同一の場合、AP/PCP300は、STA100宛てフレームの送信に用いるセクタと、STA200宛てフレームの送信に用いるセクタとに、同一のセクタを設定してもよい。 When the sector used for transmitting the frame addressed to STA 100 and the sector used for transmitting the frame addressed to STA 200 are the same, AP / PCP 300 includes the beam forming feedback information of STA 100 and STA 200 in one Probe response, and includes the same sector. May be used. For example, when the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 specified by the feedback information included in the SSW frame by the STA 100 is the same as the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 specified by the feedback information included in the SSW frame by the STA 100, the AP / PCP 300 The same sector may be set as the sector used for transmission of the addressed frame and the sector used for transmission of the frame addressed to the STA 200.
 このように、AP/PCP300は、複数のSTA宛のProbe応答の情報を、1つのProbe応答のそれぞれのBeamforming Feedbackフレームに含める。これにより、複数のProbe応答の送信(フレーム毎のキャリアセンス、バックオフを含む)に要する遅延を、1つのProbe応答の送信に要する遅延に、短縮できる。 As described above, the AP / PCP 300 includes the information of the Probe responses addressed to a plurality of STAs in each Beamforming Feedback frame of one Probe response. As a result, a delay required for transmitting a plurality of Probe responses (including carrier sense and backoff for each frame) can be reduced to a delay required for transmitting a single Probe response.
 <変形例1-11>
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、STA100からのProbe応答を要求する情報をProbe応答に含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 1-11>
The PCP / AP 300 may transmit the information requesting the Probe response from the STA 100 by including the Probe response in the DTI.
 図30は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、STA100からのProbe応答を要求する情報をProbe応答に含めて送信する。例えば、図29のProbe応答のBeamforming Feedbackフィールドに1ビットのSolicit Probe Responseサブフィールドを追加し、サブフィールドの値を1に設定する。Beamforming Feedbackフィールドは一例であり、Solicit Probe Responseサブフィールドは、Beamforming Feedbackフィールド以外のフィールドに追加されても良い。また、Beamforming Feedbackフィールド以外のフィールドのReservedサブフィールドをSolicit Probe Responseサブフィールドに置き換えても良い。 The PCP / AP 300 transmits information requesting a Probe response from the STA 100 in the DTI by including it in the Probe response. For example, a 1-bit Solicit Probe Response subfield is added to the Beamforming Feedback field of the Probe response in FIG. 29, and the value of the subfield is set to 1. The Beamforming Feedback field is an example, and the Solicit Probe Response subfield may be added to fields other than the Beamforming Feedback field. Further, the Reserved subfield of fields other than the Beamforming Feedback field may be replaced with a Solicit Probe Response subfield.
 STA100は、Solicit Probe Responseサブフィールドが1に設定されたProbe応答を受信した場合、送信権を獲得した後(例えば、キャリアセンスを行う)、Probe応答をAP/PCP300宛てに送信する。 When the STA 100 receives a Probe response in which the Solicit Probe Response subfield is set to 1, after acquiring the transmission right (for example, performing carrier sense), the STA 100 transmits the Probe response to the AP / PCP 300.
 AP/PCP300は、STA100宛てのProbe要求の送信を省略してProbe応答を受信する。これにより、AP/PCP300は、無線リソースの消費を削減して、STA100の情報を獲得できる。 The AP / PCP 300 omits the transmission of the Probe request addressed to the STA 100 and receives the Probe response. As a result, the AP / PCP 300 can acquire information on the STA 100 by reducing the consumption of radio resources.
 <変形例1-12>
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、Probe応答にTRN-Rサブフィールドを含むTRNフィールドを付加して送信しても良い。TRN-Rサブフィールドについては、図22の説明ですでに説明したので、ここでの説明は省略する。
<Modification 1-12>
The PCP / AP 300 may transmit by adding a TRN field including the TRN-R subfield to the Probe response in the DTI. Since the TRN-R subfield has already been described with reference to FIG. 22, description thereof is omitted here.
 図31は、STA100及びSTA200がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 and the STA 200 perform an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 STA200は、DTIにおいて、受信するTRN-Rサブフィールド毎に受信セクタを切り替えることで、受信ビームフォーミングのトレーニングを行ってもよい。STA200は、受信ビームフォーミングのトレーニングの結果に応じて、最良の受信セクタを決定する。 The STA 200 may perform reception beamforming training by switching the reception sector for each TRN-R subfield to be received in the DTI. The STA 200 determines the best receiving sector in accordance with the result of receiving beamforming training.
 なお、STA200は、アンテナパターンレシプロシティを有する場合、及び、送信アンテナと受信アンテナの指向性パターンの対応が既知である場合、受信ビームフォーミングのトレーニングの結果から、最良の送信セクタを選択しても良い。このように決定された最良の送信セクタは、Probe応答のフィードバック情報に比べ、高精度となり得る。よって、STA200は、通信の品質を改善できる。 Note that if the STA 200 has antenna pattern reciprocity, and if the correspondence between the directivity patterns of the transmission antenna and the reception antenna is known, the STA 200 can select the best transmission sector from the result of the training of the reception beamforming. good. The best transmission sector determined in this way can be more accurate than the feedback information of the Probe response. Therefore, the STA 200 can improve communication quality.
 図32は、通信装置(AP/PCP300及びSTA200)の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。図8及び図9と同様であるが、PHY送信回路及びPHY受信回路を詳細に記載した。 FIG. 32 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the communication devices (AP / PCP 300 and STA 200). Although similar to FIGS. 8 and 9, the PHY transmitter circuit and the PHY receiver circuit are described in detail.
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいてProbe応答を送信する場合、MACプロセッサのメッセージ生成回路がProbe応答のフレームデータ(図5を参照)を生成し、PHY送信回路へ入力する。PHY送信回路は、フレームデータを符号化、および、変調することによって、フレームデータを生成する。 When the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response in DTI, the message generation circuit of the MAC processor generates frame data (see FIG. 5) of the Probe response and inputs the frame data to the PHY transmission circuit. The PHY transmission circuit generates frame data by encoding and modulating the frame data.
 また、PHY送信回路は、TRNサブフィールド生成部を含む。TRNサブフィールド生成部は、TRN-Rサブフィールドを生成する。PHY送信回路は、フレームデータとTRN-Rサブフィールドを結合し、D/Aにおいてアナログ信号に変換し、送信RF回路から送信する。 Further, the PHY transmission circuit includes a TRN subfield generation unit. The TRN subfield generation unit generates a TRN-R subfield. The PHY transmission circuit combines the frame data and the TRN-R subfield, converts it into an analog signal at D / A, and transmits it from the transmission RF circuit.
 STA200は、TRN-Rサブフィールドが付加されたProbe応答を受信した場合、MACプロセッサのBFTモジュールは、TRN-Rサブフィールド毎に、受信セクタを切り替えるように、PHY受信回路を制御する。MACプロセッサからPHY受信回路へ出力される制御信号(CONTROL)の一例として、TRN-Rサブフィールドの受信に用いる受信セクタ番号のリストがある。 When the STA 200 receives the Probe response to which the TRN-R subfield is added, the BFT module of the MAC processor controls the PHY reception circuit to switch the reception sector for each TRN-R subfield. As an example of the control signal (CONTROL) output from the MAC processor to the PHY receiving circuit, there is a list of receiving sector numbers used for receiving the TRN-R subfield.
 PHY受信回路は、MACプロセッサより入力された制御信号、及び、Probe応答に付加されているPHYヘッダの情報に基づき、受信RF回路を制御し、受信セクタの切換えを制御する。 The PHY reception circuit controls the reception RF circuit based on the control signal input from the MAC processor and the information of the PHY header added to the Probe response, and controls the switching of the reception sector.
 また、PHY受信回路は、TRNサブフィールドプロセッサを含む。TRNサブフィールドプロセッサは、受信したTRN-Rフィールドの信号から、受信セクタ毎の受信品質(例えば、受信信号電力、S/N比)を算出する。 The PHY receiving circuit includes a TRN subfield processor. The TRN subfield processor calculates reception quality (for example, reception signal power, S / N ratio) for each reception sector from the received TRN-R field signal.
 PHY受信回路は、TRNサブフィールドプロセッサが算出した受信セクタ毎の受信品質を、MACプロセッサへ通知する(ブロック図に記載しない)。MACプロセッサのBFTモジュールは、受信セクタ毎の受信品質から、最良の受信セクタを決定し、さらに、アンテナパターンレシプロシティの情報から、最良の送信セクタを決定してもよい。 The PHY receiver circuit notifies the MAC processor of the reception quality for each reception sector calculated by the TRN subfield processor (not shown in the block diagram). The BFT module of the MAC processor may determine the best receiving sector from the reception quality for each receiving sector, and may further determine the best transmitting sector from the antenna pattern reciprocity information.
 (実施の形態2)
 実施の形態1では、STAがA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行い、AP/PCPが受信した場合について述べた。実施の形態2では、(1)STAがA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行わない場合、及び、(2)STAがA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行ったが、他のSTAとの送信の競合等によりAP/PCPがSSWフレームを受信しなかった、または、受信エラーが発生した場合のSTA及びAP/PCPの動作について説明する。
(Embodiment 2)
In the first embodiment, the case has been described in which the STA performs BFT (SSW frame transmission) in the A-BFT period and is received by the AP / PCP. In the second embodiment, (1) the STA does not perform BFT (SSW frame transmission) in the A-BFT period, and (2) the STA performs BFT (SSW frame transmission) in the A-BFT period. However, the operation of the STA and the AP / PCP when the AP / PCP does not receive the SSW frame due to a transmission conflict with other STAs or when a reception error occurs will be described.
 図33Aは、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う実施の形態2の手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 33A is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure according to the second embodiment in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 図33Aは、APがSSW-FBフレームを送信する場合を示し、図33Bは、APがSSW-FBフレームを送信しない場合を示す。 FIG. 33A shows a case where the AP transmits an SSW-FB frame, and FIG. 33B shows a case where the AP does not transmit an SSW-FB frame.
 図33A及び図33BのBTIにおいて、AP/PCP300は、DMGビーコン毎に送信セクタを変更し、1つ以上のDMGビーコンを送信する。 33A and 33B, the AP / PCP 300 changes the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmits one or more DMG beacons.
 図33A及び図33BのBTIにおいて、STA100は、DMGビーコンを受信する。なお、他のSTA(STA200)が、同じBTIにおいてDMGビーコンを受信してもよい。 33A and 33B, the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon. Note that another STA (STA 200) may receive the DMG beacon in the same BTI.
 STA100のA-BFT期間における動作として、以下があげられる。
(1)STA100がA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行わない場合、AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームを送信しない。
(2)STAがA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行ったが、他のSTAとの送信の競合等によりAP/PCPがSSWフレームを受信しなかった、または、受信エラーが発生した場合、AP/PCP300は、(1)、(2)において、SSW-FBフレームを送信しない。
(3)STA100はA-BFT期間においてDR=1を含まないSSWフレームを送信し、AP/PCP300がSSW-FBフレームを送信したが、STA100が受信しない。
The operation of the STA 100 during the A-BFT period is as follows.
(1) When the STA 100 does not perform BFT (SSW frame transmission) in the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW-FB frame.
(2) The STA performed BFT (SSW frame transmission) during the A-BFT period, but the AP / PCP did not receive the SSW frame or a reception error occurred due to transmission competition with other STAs, etc. In this case, the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW-FB frame in (1) and (2).
(3) The STA 100 transmits an SSW frame that does not include DR = 1 in the A-BFT period, and the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame, but the STA 100 does not receive it.
 STA100は、上記(1)、(2)、(3)の状況において、以下の手順を適用しても良い。 The STA 100 may apply the following procedure in the above situations (1), (2), and (3).
 STA100は、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを、SSWフレーム毎に送信セクタを変えて送信する。SSWフレームのフォーマットは図4と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 In the DTI, the STA 100 transmits an SSW frame including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request while changing a transmission sector for each SSW frame. Since the format of the SSW frame is the same as that in FIG. 4, description thereof is omitted here.
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、1つ以上のSSWフレームを受信する。 The AP / PCP 300 receives one or more SSW frames in the DTI.
 AP/PCP300は、受信したSSWフレームのうち、受信品質の良いSSWフレーム中の送信セクタIDを、送信元STAのベストセクタと決定する。 The AP / PCP 300 determines the transmission sector ID in the SSW frame with good reception quality among the received SSW frames as the best sector of the transmission source STA.
 AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームに決定したベストセクタの情報を含め、STA100へ送信する。 The AP / PCP 300 transmits information including the determined best sector information to the STA 100 in the SSW-FB frame.
 STA100は、SSW-FBフレームを受信した場合、SSW-FBフレームに含まれるベストセクタを用いてSSW-ACKフレームを送信する。 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame, the STA 100 transmits the SSW-ACK frame using the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame.
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて受信したSSWフレームにディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)が含まれる場合、SSW-FBに対するSSW-Ackを受信した後、送信機会(TXOP)を獲得し、Probe応答を送信する。AP/PCP300は、Probe応答にビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含めてよい。また、AP/PCP300は、ビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を省略して、Probe応答を短縮しても良い。 When the field indicating the discovery request (DR = 1) is included in the SSW frame received in the DTI, the AP / PCP 300 acquires the transmission opportunity (TXOP) after receiving the SSW-Ack for the SSW-FB, and the Probe response Send. The AP / PCP 300 may include beamforming feedback information in the Probe response. The AP / PCP 300 may shorten the Probe response by omitting the beamforming feedback information.
 STA100は、DTIにおいて、ビームフォーミングフィードバック(Beamforming Feedbackエレメント)を含むプローブ応答フレームを受信し、ビームフォーミングフィードバックに含まれる情報(例えばSector Selectフィールドの値)に基づき、AP/PCP300と、通信におけるベストセクタを決定する。なお、STA100は、AP/PCP300からのProbe応答を受信したため、AP/PCP300に対するアクティブスキャン手順によるディスカバリは完了(成功)である。 The STA 100 receives the probe response frame including the beamforming feedback (Beamforming Feedback element) in the DTI, and based on the information (for example, the value of the Sector Select field) included in the beamforming feedback, the STA 100 and the best sector in communication. To decide. Since the STA 100 has received the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300, the discovery by the active scan procedure for the AP / PCP 300 is completed (success).
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、BFT(セクタスイープ)を行い、SSW-FBフレームを受信しない場合であっても、DTIにおいて、Probe応答を受信できる。これにより、STA100はBFTの再試行を省略でき、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮できる。また、STA100はProbe要求の送信を省略でき、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮できる。 The STA 100 can receive a Probe response in the DTI even if it performs BFT (sector sweep) in the A-BFT period and does not receive the SSW-FB frame. As a result, the STA 100 can omit the BFT retry and reduce the delay required for discovery. Further, the STA 100 can omit the transmission of the Probe request, and can reduce the delay required for discovery.
 図33Bは、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う実施の形態2の手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 33B is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure according to the second embodiment in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、SSW-FBフレームにベストセクタの情報を含めてSTA100へ送信する前までに、当該AP/PCP300の受信アンテナにおいて他のSTA(図示しない)からの信号を検出した場合、送信信号の衝突を避けるため、SSW-FBフレームを送信しない。 When the AP / PCP 300 detects a signal from another STA (not shown) at the reception antenna of the AP / PCP 300 before transmitting it to the STA 100 including the best sector information in the SSW-FB frame in the DTI. In order to avoid collision of transmission signals, the SSW-FB frame is not transmitted.
 また、AP/PCP300は、STA100からのSSWフレームを受信する前または後に、図示しない他のSTA200からRTSフレーム及びDMG CTSフレームを受信し、STA200が送信権を獲得したことを検出し、さらに、STA200の送信権が満了していない場合、SSW-FBフレームを送信しない。 The AP / PCP 300 receives an RTS frame and a DMGAPCTS frame from another STA 200 (not shown) before or after receiving the SSW frame from the STA 100, detects that the STA 200 has acquired the transmission right, and further detects the STA 200. If the transmission right for the SSW-FB frame has not expired, the SSW-FB frame is not transmitted.
 STA100は、AP/PCP300からのSSW-FBフレームを受信しないため、SSW-ACKフレームを送信しない。 The STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300, and therefore does not transmit the SSW-ACK frame.
 AP/PCP300は、受信したSSWフレームにディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)が含まれる場合、STA100が持つ送信権(STA100が、SSWフレームの送信及びSSW-FBフレームの受信に利用)が終了した後、STA100との送信権を獲得し、Probe応答にビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含めて送信する。 When the received SSW frame includes the discovery request field (DR = 1), the AP / PCP 300 completes the transmission right held by the STA 100 (used by the STA 100 for transmitting the SSW frame and receiving the SSW-FB frame). After that, the transmission right with the STA 100 is acquired, and the probe response is transmitted including the beamforming feedback information.
 なお、AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームを送信したが、STA100からSSW-ACKフレームを受信しない場合、Probe応答にビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含めて送信してもよい。 The AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame. However, when the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the SSW-ACK frame from the STA 100, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the probe response including the beamforming feedback information.
 STA100は、DTIにおいて、ビームフォーミングフィードバック(Beamforming Feedbackエレメント)を含むProbe応答を受信し、ビームフォーミングフィードバックに含まれる情報(例えばSector Selectフィールドの値)に基づき、AP/PCP300と通信に用いるベストセクタを決定する。また、AP/PCP300からのProbe応答を受信したため、AP/PCP300に対するアクティブスキャン手順によるディスカバリは完了(成功)である。 The STA 100 receives the Probe response including the beamforming feedback (Beamforming Feedback element) in the DTI, and selects the best sector to be used for communication with the AP / PCP 300 based on the information included in the beamforming feedback (for example, the value of the Sector Select field). decide. Further, since the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300 has been received, the discovery by the active scan procedure for the AP / PCP 300 is completed (success).
 図33Bでは、STA100は、DTI中にBFT(例えばセクタスイープ)を行い、AP/PCP300からのSSW-FBフレームを受信しない場合であっても、AP/PCP300のProbe応答を受信できる。これにより、STA100はBFTの再試行を省略でき、ディスカバリによるデータ通信開始までの遅延を短縮できる。また、STA100は、Probe要求の送信も省略でき、ディスカバリによるデータ通信開始までの遅延を短縮できる。 In FIG. 33B, the STA 100 can receive a probe response of the AP / PCP 300 even when it performs a BFT (eg, sector sweep) during DTI and does not receive an SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300. As a result, the STA 100 can omit the BFT retry and can reduce the delay until the start of data communication due to discovery. In addition, the STA 100 can omit the transmission of a Probe request, and can reduce the delay until the start of data communication due to discovery.
 図34は、図33A及び図33Bにおける、STA100がディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 34 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery in FIGS. 33A and 33B.
 まず、STA100はディスカバリを開始する(S101)。 First, the STA 100 starts discovery (S101).
 次に、STA100は、BTIにおいて、AP/PCP300から送信されたDMGビーコンを受信する(S102)。なお、DMGビーコンは、AP/PCP300が、セクタスイープを行うために送信しても良い。つまり、AP/PCP300は、DMGビーコン毎に送信セクタを切り替えることによって、無線信号(DMGビーコン)の送信方向を切り替え、1つ以上のDMGビーコンを送信しても良い。また、AP/PCP300は、BTIの後にA-BFT期間がスケジュールされているか否かを示す情報エレメント及びフィールドを、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。 Next, the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon transmitted from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI (S102). The DMG beacon may be transmitted by the AP / PCP 300 in order to perform a sector sweep. That is, the AP / PCP 300 may switch the transmission direction of the radio signal (DMG beacon) by switching the transmission sector for each DMG beacon, and may transmit one or more DMG beacons. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit an information element and a field indicating whether or not an A-BFT period is scheduled after the BTI in a DMG beacon.
 次に、STA100においてA-BFT期間がスケジュールされていない場合(S103:NO-T1)、フローはS201へ進み、STA100はDTIにおけるビームフォーミングを行う。または、STA100において送信機会(TXOP)が得られない場合(S103:NO-T2)、フローはS102に戻り、STA100はDTIにおけるビームフォーミングを行うことなく、次回のBTIを待機してもよい。 Next, when the A-BFT period is not scheduled in the STA 100 (S103: NO-T1), the flow proceeds to S201, and the STA 100 performs beam forming in DTI. Alternatively, when the transmission opportunity (TXOP) is not obtained in the STA 100 (S103: NO-T2), the flow returns to S102, and the STA 100 may wait for the next BTI without performing beamforming in DTI.
 S201において、STA100は、BFTのために、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを、SSWフレーム毎に送信セクタを変更し、送信する(図33A、図33B参照)。SSWフレームのフォーマットは図4と同様である。ここで、STA100は、BTIにおいて受信したS102のDMGビーコンの受信品質から、AP/PCP300のベストセクタを決定し、ベストセクタのセクタIDをSSWフレームのSector Selectサブフレームに含めて送信してよい。 In S201, the STA 100 changes the transmission sector for each SSW frame and transmits the SSW frame including the field (DR = 1) indicating the discovery request in the DTI for the BFT (see FIGS. 33A and 33B). . The format of the SSW frame is the same as that in FIG. Here, the STA 100 may determine the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 from the reception quality of the DMG beacon of S102 received in the BTI, and transmit the sector ID of the best sector included in the Sector Select subframe of the SSW frame.
 一方、AP/PCP300は、S201のディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを受信し、STA100のベストセクタを決定し、STA100との通信に備え、ベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S202)。 On the other hand, the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame including the field (DR = 1) indicating the discovery request in S201, determines the best sector of the STA 100, and stores the information of the best sector in the memory in preparation for communication with the STA 100. (S202).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信する(S203)。AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームを他のSTAへ送信しても良い(図33A参照)。また、AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームにより通知されたベストセクタを用いて、SSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。また、AP/PCP300は、STA100のベストセクタの情報を、SSW-FBフレームに含めて送信しても良い。なお、前述の通り、AP/PCP300は、例えば他のSTA(図示しない)からの信号を検出した場合、SSW-FBフレームを送信しない場合がある(図33B参照)。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 (S203). The AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to another STA (see FIG. 33A). Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the best sector notified by the SSW frame. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 by including it in the SSW-FB frame. As described above, the AP / PCP 300 may not transmit the SSW-FB frame when detecting a signal from another STA (not shown), for example (see FIG. 33B).
 一方、STA100は、AP/PCP300からSSW-FBフレームを受信しなかった場合(S204:NO)、後述するS211に進み(S205:A-3)、Probe応答の受信を待機する。なお、STA100が所定時間内にProbe応答を受信しなかった場合、従来の11ad規格のSTAと同様に、フローはS201へ進み、STA100はDTIにおいてセクタスイープを再試行してもよいし(S205:A-1)(図33A及び図33Bに図示せず)、または、フローはS102へ進み、STA100は次のA-BFT期間においてセクタスイープを再試行してもよい(S205:A-2)(図33A及び図33Bに図示せず)。ここで、SSW-FBフレームを受信しない場合には、AP/PCP300がSSW-FBフレームを送信しない場合も含まれる。 On the other hand, when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300 (S204: NO), the STA 100 proceeds to S211 described later (S205: A-3) and waits for reception of the Probe response. If the STA 100 does not receive the Probe response within a predetermined time, the flow proceeds to S201 as in the conventional 11ad standard STA, and the STA 100 may retry the sector sweep in the DTI (S205: A-1) (not shown in FIGS. 33A and 33B), or the flow proceeds to S102, and the STA 100 may retry the sector sweep in the next A-BFT period (S205: A-2) ( 33A and 33B). Here, the case where the SSW-FB frame is not received includes the case where the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW-FB frame.
 STA100は、AP/PCP300からSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合(S204:YES)、AP/PCP300との通信に備え、SSW-FBフレームに含まれるベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S206)(図33A参照)。 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300 (S204: YES), the STA 100 stores the information of the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame in the memory in preparation for communication with the AP / PCP 300 (S206) (S206) (See FIG. 33A).
 次に、STA100は、SSW-FBフレームをエラー無く受信したことをAP/PCP300へ通知するため、SSW-ACKフレームを送信し(S207)、フローは後述のS208へ進む。 Next, the STA 100 transmits an SSW-ACK frame to notify the AP / PCP 300 that the SSW-FB frame has been received without error (S207), and the flow proceeds to S208 described later.
 一方、S103において、STA100においてA-BFT期間がスケジュールされている場合(S103:YES)、STA100は、A-BFT期間において、AP/PCP300を送信先としてSSWフレームを送信する(S104)(図33A、図33Bに図示せず)。なお、STA100は、セクタスイープを行うためにSSWフレームを送信しても良い。つまり、STA100は、SSWフレーム毎に送信セクタを切り替え、無線信号(SSWフレーム)の送信方向を切り替え、1つ以上のSSWフレームを送信しても良い。これは、AP/PCP300によるDMGビーコンを用いたセクタスイープに応答して、STA100がセクタスイープを行うことから、レスポンダBFTという。また、STA100は、BTIにおいて受信したDMGビーコンの受信品質に基づき、AP/PCP300のベストセクタを決定し、ベストセクタの情報(例えばセクタID)をSSWフレームに含めて送信しても良い。 On the other hand, when the A-BFT period is scheduled in the STA 100 in S103 (S103: YES), the STA 100 transmits the SSW frame with the AP / PCP 300 as the transmission destination in the A-BFT period (S104) (FIG. 33A). (Not shown in FIG. 33B). Note that the STA 100 may transmit an SSW frame in order to perform sector sweep. That is, the STA 100 may switch the transmission sector for each SSW frame, switch the transmission direction of the radio signal (SSW frame), and transmit one or more SSW frames. This is called a responder BFT because the STA 100 performs a sector sweep in response to a sector sweep using a DMG beacon by the AP / PCP 300. Further, the STA 100 may determine the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 based on the reception quality of the DMG beacon received in the BTI, and transmit the best sector information (for example, sector ID) in the SSW frame.
 AP/PCP300がS104のSSWフレームを受信しなかった場合(S105:NO)、フローは、STA100へのSSW-FBフレームの送信を省略して、S201へ進む。ここでのSSWフレームを受信しない場合には、受信エラーがある場合、および/または、受信電力が閾値より低い場合が含まれてよい。 If the AP / PCP 300 has not received the SSW frame of S104 (S105: NO), the flow skips the transmission of the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 and proceeds to S201. The case where the SSW frame here is not received may include a case where there is a reception error and / or a case where the reception power is lower than a threshold value.
 AP/PCP300は、S104のSSWフレームを受信した場合(S105:YES)、STA100のベストセクタを決定し、STA100との通信に備え、ベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S106)。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame of S104 (S105: YES), the AP / PCP 300 determines the best sector of the STA 100, and stores the information of the best sector in the memory in preparation for communication with the STA 100 (S106).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信する(S107)。なお、AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームを受信した他のSTAへSSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。また、AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームにより通知されたベストセクタを用いて、SSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。また、AP/PCP300は、STA100のベストセクタの情報を、SSW-FBフレームに含めて送信しても良い。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 (S107). Note that the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to another STA that has received the SSW frame. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the best sector notified by the SSW frame. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 by including it in the SSW-FB frame.
 一方、STA100が、S104で送信したSSWフレームに対応するS107のSSW-FBフレームを受信しなかった場合(S108:NO)、フローは、DTIにおいてビームフォーミングを行うため、S201へ進む。 On the other hand, when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame in S107 corresponding to the SSW frame transmitted in S104 (S108: NO), the flow proceeds to S201 in order to perform beamforming in DTI.
 STA100は、S104で送信したSSWフレームに対応するS107のSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合(S108:YES)、AP/PCP300との通信に備え、SSW-FBフレームに含まれるベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S109)。 When the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame in S107 corresponding to the SSW frame transmitted in S104 (S108: YES), the STA 100 stores information on the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame in preparation for communication with the AP / PCP 300. (S109).
 そして、STA100は、S207又はS109を完了した場合、AP/PCP300とSTA100と間の初期BFTを完了(成功)と判断する(S208)。つまり、STA100は、ベストセクタを用いてAP/PCP300と通信可能であると判断する。なお、この時点ではまだディスカバリは完了していない。 When the STA 100 completes S207 or S109, the STA 100 determines that the initial BFT between the AP / PCP 300 and the STA 100 is complete (successful) (S208). That is, the STA 100 determines that communication with the AP / PCP 300 is possible using the best sector. At this point, discovery has not yet been completed.
 次に、STA100は、DTIにおいて、Probe要求をAP/PCP300に送信する(S209)。 Next, the STA 100 transmits a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI (S209).
 一方、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、S208のProbe要求を受信し、受信エラーが無いと判断した場合、SIFS(3μsec)後にACKフレームをSTA100に送信する(S210)。 On the other hand, if the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request of S208 in the DTI and determines that there is no reception error, the AP / PCP 300 transmits an ACK frame to the STA 100 after SIFS (3 μsec) (S210).
 そして、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答を送信する(S211)。なお、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答に、STA100のベストセクタの情報を含めて送信しても良い。 The AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response (S211). Note that the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the probe response including information on the best sector of the STA 100.
 一方、STA100は、S211のProbe応答を受信し、受信エラーが無いと判断した場合、SIFS(3μsec)後にACKフレームを送信する(S212)。 On the other hand, when the STA 100 receives the Probe response in S211 and determines that there is no reception error, the STA 100 transmits an ACK frame after SIFS (3 μsec) (S212).
 次に、STA100は、Probe応答に含まれるAP/PCP300及びAP/PCP300が管理するBSSの情報(スキャン結果)をメモリに格納する(S213)。なお、STA100のMACプロセッサは、スキャン結果をホストコントローラに通知しても良い。 Next, the STA 100 stores the AP / PCP 300 included in the Probe response and the BSS information (scan result) managed by the AP / PCP 300 in the memory (S213). Note that the MAC processor of the STA 100 may notify the host controller of the scan result.
 そして、STA100は、以上のAP/PCP300に対するディスカバリを完了する(S214)。STA100は、他のAP/PCP(図示しない)に対するディスカバリを行うため、同一の無線チャネルで、または、無線チャネルを切換えて、S101に移行し、ディスカバリを繰り返しても良い。 Then, the STA 100 completes the discovery for the above AP / PCP 300 (S214). The STA 100 may perform discovery with respect to another AP / PCP (not shown), and may switch to the same radio channel or switch radio channels and proceed to S101 to repeat discovery.
 (実施の形態2の変形例)
 なお、図33A、図33Bにおいて、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームの受信に対応していることを示すフィールドを、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い(図11のDMGビーコンのフォーマットを参照)。
(Modification of Embodiment 2)
33A and 33B, AP / PCP 300 transmits a DMG beacon including a field indicating that it corresponds to reception of an SSW frame including a field indicating a discovery request (DR = 1) in DTI. Alternatively, see the DMG beacon format in FIG.
 また、STA100は、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求の種別を示すフィールド又はサブフィールドを、SSWフレームに含めて送信しても良い(図13のSSWフレームのフォーマットを参照)。 Also, the STA 100 may transmit a field or subfield indicating the type of discovery request included in the SSW frame in the DTI (see the format of the SSW frame in FIG. 13).
 また、STA100は、DTIにおいて、TRN-Rサブフィールド数を示すフィールド又はサブフィールドを、SSWフレームに含めて送信しても良い(図15のSSWフレームのフォーマットを参照)。AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、Number of TRN-Rサブフィールドの値に応じた数のTRN-Rサブフィールドを含むTRNフィールドを、Probe応答に付加して送信してもよい(図15のプローブ応答フレームを参照)。 In addition, the STA 100 may transmit a field or subfield indicating the number of TRN-R subfields in the DTI by including it in the SSW frame (see the format of the SSW frame in FIG. 15). In the DTI, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a TRN field including a number of TRN-R subfields corresponding to the value of the Number-of TRN-R subfield added to the Probe response (the probe response in FIG. 15). See frame).
 また、STA100は、DTIにおいて、SIFS Turnoverフィールド又はサブフィールドを、SSWフレームに含めて送信しても良い(図17のSSWフレームのフォーマットを参照)。 In addition, the STA 100 may transmit the SIFS Turnover field or subfield included in the SSW frame in the DTI (see the SSW frame format in FIG. 17).
 また、STA100は、DTIにおいて、SSWフレームの代わりにDiscovery Requestフィールドを含むShort SSWパケットを送信しても良い(図21のShort SSWパケットのフォーマットを参照)。 In addition, the STA 100 may transmit a Short SSW packet including a Discovery Request field instead of an SSW frame in the DTI (see the format of the Short SSW packet in FIG. 21).
 また、PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、DR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信したことを示すDiscovery Request Ackフィールドを、SSW-FBフレームに含めて送信しても良い。 Also, the PCP / AP 300 may include a Discovery Request Ack field indicating that an SSW frame including DR = 1 has been received in the DTI, and transmit the SSW-FB frame.
 PCP/AP300は、実施の形態2において、STA100からのProbe応答を要求する情報を、Probe応答に含めて送信しても良い(図30参照)。STA100は、DTIにおいてProbe応答を要求する情報を含むProbe応答を受信した場合、送信機会(TXOP)を獲得し、Probe応答をAP/PCP300へ送信する。 In the second embodiment, the PCP / AP 300 may transmit the information requesting the Probe response from the STA 100 in the Probe response (see FIG. 30). When receiving a Probe response including information requesting a Probe response in the DTI, the STA 100 acquires a transmission opportunity (TXOP) and transmits the Probe response to the AP / PCP 300.
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、Probe応答にTRN-Rサブフィールドを含むTRNフィールドを付加して送信しても良い(図31参照)。STA100は、DTIにおいて、TRN-Rサブフィールド毎に受信セクタを切り替え、TRN-Rサブフィールドを受信し、受信セクタのトレーニングを行ってもよい。 The PCP / AP 300 may transmit by adding a TRN field including the TRN-R subfield to the Probe response in the DTI (see FIG. 31). The STA 100 may switch the receiving sector for each TRN-R subfield in the DTI, receive the TRN-R subfield, and perform training of the receiving sector.
 通信装置(STA100)は、A-BFT期間がスケジュールされない場合(図33A、図33B)、及びA-BFT期間におけるBFTが完了しない場合、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを、SSWフレーム毎に送信セクタを変えて送信する。通信装置(AP/PCP300)は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを受信した場合、BFT結果の情報を含むProbe応答を、通信装置(STA100)へ送信する。 The communication apparatus (STA100) includes a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request in the DTI when the A-BFT period is not scheduled (FIGS. 33A and 33B) and when the BFT in the A-BFT period is not completed. The SSW frame is transmitted by changing the transmission sector for each SSW frame. When the communication device (AP / PCP 300) receives an SSW frame including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request, the communication device (AP / PCP 300) transmits a Probe response including information on the BFT result to the communication device (STA 100).
 これにより、通信装置(STA100)は、通信装置(AP/PCP300)がSSW-FBフレームを送信しない場合、または、SSW-FBフレームの受信エラーがある場合(図33B)であっても、ビームフォーミング及びディスカバリを完了できる。よって、ディスカバリに要する期間を短縮できる。 As a result, the communication apparatus (STA 100) performs beamforming even when the communication apparatus (AP / PCP 300) does not transmit the SSW-FB frame or when there is an SSW-FB frame reception error (FIG. 33B). And complete the discovery. Therefore, the period required for discovery can be shortened.
 通信装置(STA100)は、ディスカバリ中にビームフォーミングを完了することにより、通信装置(AP/PCP300)との通信を開始できる状態となる。よって、データ通信を開始するまでの手続きにかかる期間を短縮できる。 The communication apparatus (STA 100) is ready to start communication with the communication apparatus (AP / PCP 300) by completing beamforming during discovery. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the period required for the procedure until data communication is started.
 (実施の形態3)
 実施の形態1及び2においては、STA100は、AP/PCP300が送信するDMGビーコンを受信することによってアクティブスキャンを行う場合(Discovery Mode=0という)の例を示した。実施の形態3においては、STA100がDMGビーコンを送信することによってビームフォーミングを開始し、アクティブスキャンを行う方法(Discovery Mode=1という)について説明する。
(Embodiment 3)
In Embodiments 1 and 2, the STA 100 has shown an example in which active scanning is performed by receiving a DMG beacon transmitted by the AP / PCP 300 (referred to as Discovery Mode = 0). In the third embodiment, a description will be given of a method (discovery mode = 1) in which STA 100 starts beam forming by transmitting a DMG beacon and performs active scanning.
 図35は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う実施の形態3の手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 35 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure according to the third embodiment in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 STA100は、BTIにおいて、DMGビーコン毎に送信セクタを切り替え、Discovery Modeフィールドの値を1に設定したDMGビーコンを送信する。 In the BTI, the STA 100 switches the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmits a DMG beacon in which the value of the Discovery Mode field is set to 1.
 AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいて、Discovery Modeフィールドの値を1に設定したDMGビーコンを受信する。また、受信したDMGビーコンの受信品質を測定し、STA100のベストセクタを選択する。 AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon in which the value of the Discovery Mode field is set to 1 in BTI. Further, the reception quality of the received DMG beacon is measured, and the best sector of the STA 100 is selected.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレーム毎に送信セクタを切り替え、SSWフレームを送信する。AP/PCP300は、STA100のベストセクタの情報をSSWフレームに含めて送信してもよい。 The AP / PCP 300 switches the transmission sector for each SSW frame and transmits the SSW frame during the A-BFT period. The AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 included in the SSW frame.
 STA100は、SSWフレームを受信し、受信したSSWフレームの受信品質を測定し、測定結果に基づいて、AP/PCP300のベストセクタを選択する。 The STA 100 receives the SSW frame, measures the reception quality of the received SSW frame, and selects the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 based on the measurement result.
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームを受信した場合、ディスカバリ要求フィールドを1に設定したSSW-FBフレームを送信する。STA100は、AP/PCP300のベストセクタの情報をSSW-FBフレームに含めてもよい。 When the STA 100 receives the SSW frame in the A-BFT period, the STA 100 transmits the SSW-FB frame in which the discovery request field is set to 1. The STA 100 may include information on the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 in the SSW-FB frame.
 AP/PCP300は、ディスカバリ要求フィールドを1に設定したSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合、送信機会(TXOP)を獲得し、Probe応答をSTA100宛てに送信する。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW-FB frame in which the discovery request field is set to 1, it acquires a transmission opportunity (TXOP) and transmits a Probe response to the STA 100.
 STA100は、Probe応答を受信し、ACKフレームをAP/PCP300に返答する。これにより、STA100は、AP/PCP300のディスカバリを完了する。 The STA 100 receives the Probe response and returns an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300. Thereby, the STA 100 completes the discovery of the AP / PCP 300.
 このように、STA100は、Discovery Mode=1のアクティブスキャンを行う場合に、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSW-FBフレームを送信する。これにより、STA100は、Probe要求の送信を省略してProbe応答を受信でき、ディスカバリに要する時間を短縮できる。 In this way, when performing an active scan with Discovery Mode = 1, the STA 100 transmits an SSW-FB frame including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request. As a result, the STA 100 can receive the Probe response by omitting the transmission of the Probe request, and can shorten the time required for discovery.
 図36は、STA100がDiscovery Mode=1のアクティブスキャンによりディスカバリを行う手順(図35)の一例を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an example of a procedure (FIG. 35) in which the STA 100 performs discovery by an active scan with Discovery Mode = 1.
 まず、STA100は、ディスカバリを開始する(S301)。 First, the STA 100 starts discovery (S301).
 次に、STA100は、BTIにおいて、Discovery Modeフィールドの値を1に設定したDMGビーコンを送信する(S302)。つまり、STA100は、DMGビーコン毎に送信セクタを切り替えることによって、無線信号(DMGビーコン)の送信方向を切り替え、1つ以上のDMGビーコンを送信しても良い。また、STA100は、BTIの後にA-BFT期間がスケジュールされているか否かを示す情報エレメント及びフィールドを、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。 Next, the STA 100 transmits a DMG beacon in which the value of the Discovery Mode field is set to 1 in BTI (S302). That is, the STA 100 may switch the transmission direction of the radio signal (DMG beacon) by switching the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmit one or more DMG beacons. In addition, the STA 100 may transmit an information element and a field indicating whether or not an A-BFT period is scheduled after the BTI in a DMG beacon.
 一方、AP/PCP300がBTIにおいてS302のDMGビーコンを受信しなかった場合(S303:NO)、フローはS306へ進む。この場合、AP/PCP300は、後述するS305のSSWフレームの送信を行わない。 On the other hand, if the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the DMG beacon in S302 in the BTI (S303: NO), the flow proceeds to S306. In this case, the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit an SSW frame in S305 described later.
 AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいてS302のDMGビーコンを受信した場合(S303:YES)、受信したDMGビーコンの受信品質を測定し、測定結果に応じて、STA100のベストセクタを選択する(S304)。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon of S302 in the BTI (S303: YES), the AP / PCP 300 measures the reception quality of the received DMG beacon and selects the best sector of the STA 100 according to the measurement result (S304).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームをSTA100に送信する(S305)。ここで、AP/PCP300は、SSWフレーム毎に送信セクタを切り替え、1つ以上のSSWフレームを送信してもよい。また、AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームにSTA100のベストセクタ(例えばS303において測定した受信品質)の情報を含めて送信しても良い。そして、フローはS306へ進む。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW frame to the STA 100 during the A-BFT period (S305). Here, the AP / PCP 300 may switch the transmission sector for each SSW frame and transmit one or more SSW frames. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW frame including information on the best sector of the STA 100 (for example, the reception quality measured in S303). Then, the flow proceeds to S306.
 S306において、STA100は、A-BFT期間においてSSWフレームを受信しなかった場合(S306:NO)、S302に戻り、DMGビーコンを再送しても良い。このSSWフレームを受信しない場合には、AP/PCP300がS305のSSWフレームの送信を行わない場合、及び/又は、他のSTAの送信との競合や受信感度の不足によりS306においてSTA100がSSWフレームを受信しない場合等も含まれる。なお、STA100は、予め定められた回数のDMGビーコンの再送を行った場合、現在の無線チャネルにおけるディスカバリ、または、AP/PCP300に対するディスカバリを終了しても良い。 In S306, when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW frame in the A-BFT period (S306: NO), the STA 100 may return to S302 and retransmit the DMG beacon. If the SSW frame is not received, the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the SSW frame in S305, and / or the STA 100 receives the SSW frame in S306 due to competition with other STA transmissions or lack of reception sensitivity. The case where it is not received is also included. Note that the STA 100 may end discovery in the current wireless channel or discovery for the AP / PCP 300 when the DMG beacon is retransmitted a predetermined number of times.
 S306において、STA100は、A-BFT期間においてSSWフレームを受信した場合(S306:YES)、AP/PCP300のベストセクタを選択し、AP/PCP300との通信に使用するため、ベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S307)。 In S306, when the STA 100 receives the SSW frame in the A-BFT period (S306: YES), the STA 100 selects the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 and uses the best sector information in the memory for use in communication with the AP / PCP 300. (S307).
 次に、STA100は、A-BFT期間においてディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドに1を設定(DR=1)したSSW-FBフレームを送信する(S308)。ここで、STA100は、SSWフレームによってAP/PCP300から通知されたSTA100の送信ベストセクタを使用して、SSW-FBフレームを送信してよい。また、STA100は、AP/PCP300のベストセクタの情報をSSW-FBフレームに含めてよい。 Next, the STA 100 transmits an SSW-FB frame in which 1 is set in the field indicating the discovery request (DR = 1) in the A-BFT period (S308). Here, the STA 100 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the transmission best sector of the STA 100 notified from the AP / PCP 300 by the SSW frame. Further, the STA 100 may include information on the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 in the SSW-FB frame.
 一方、AP/PCP300がA-BFT期間においてS308のSSW-FBフレームを受信しなかった場合(S309:NO)、フローはS302に戻り、AP/PCP300は受信を待機する。 On the other hand, when the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the SSW-FB frame of S308 in the A-BFT period (S309: NO), the flow returns to S302, and the AP / PCP 300 waits for reception.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間においてS308のSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合(S309:YES)、STA100との通信に使用するために、SSW-FBフレームに含まれるAP/PCP300の送信ベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S310)。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame of S308 in the A-BFT period (S309: YES), the AP / PCP 300 transmits the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 included in the SSW-FB frame for use in communication with the STA 100. Is stored in the memory (S310).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、自分のAP/PCP300とSTA100との間におけるBFTを完了と判断する(S311)。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 determines that the BFT between its own AP / PCP 300 and the STA 100 is complete (S311).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、S309で受信したSSW-FBフレームにおいてディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドに1が設定(DR=1)されている場合、DTIにおいてProbe応答をSTA100に送信する(S312)。 Next, when 1 is set (DR = 1) in the field indicating the discovery request in the SSW-FB frame received in S309, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 in DTI (S312).
 STA100がDTIにおいてS312のProbe応答を受信しなかった場合(S313:NO-1)、フローはS312へ戻り、AP/PCP300がProbe応答を再送しても良い。ここでのSTA100がProbe応答を受信しなかった場合には、例えば、STA100がACKフレームをAP/PCP300へ送信しなかった場合が含まれる。または、STA100がS313でProbe応答を受信しなかった場合(S313:NO-2)、フローはS302へ戻り、STA100がDMGビーコンの送信を再試行しても良い。 When the STA 100 does not receive the Probe response of S312 in the DTI (S313: NO-1), the flow returns to S312 and the AP / PCP 300 may retransmit the Probe response. Here, when the STA 100 does not receive the Probe response, for example, the case where the STA 100 does not transmit the ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 is included. Alternatively, when the STA 100 does not receive the Probe response in S313 (S313: NO-2), the flow may return to S302, and the STA 100 may retry transmission of the DMG beacon.
 STA100は、DTIにおいてProbe応答を受信した場合(S313:YES)、ACKフレームを、AP/PCP300へ送信する(S314)。 When the STA 100 receives the Probe response in the DTI (S313: YES), the STA 100 transmits an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 (S314).
 次に、STA100のMACプロセッサ(図8を参照)は、スキャン結果(例えばProbe応答に含まれるAP/PCP300の情報及び受信品質)を、ホストコントローラへ通知する(S315)。 Next, the MAC processor of the STA 100 (see FIG. 8) notifies the host controller of the scan result (for example, the AP / PCP 300 information and reception quality included in the Probe response) (S315).
 そして、STA100は、AP/PCP300のディスカバリを完了と判断する(S316)。 Then, the STA 100 determines that the discovery of the AP / PCP 300 is completed (S316).
 なお、実施の形態3(図35)において、11ad規格のSSW-FBフレームに含まれるReserved bitの1つを、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドに変更して用いてもよい。 In the third embodiment (FIG. 35), one of the Reserved bits included in the SSW-FB frame of the 11ad standard may be changed to a field indicating a discovery request.
 STA100は、Discovery Mode=1のアクティブスキャンによりディスカバリを行う場合、ステップS308において、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドをSSW-FBフレームに含め、フィールドの値を1に設定して送信する。AP/PCP300は、DR=1を含むSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合、Probe応答をSTA100へ送信する。これにより、STA100は、Probe要求の送信を省略して、AP/PCP300のディスカバリを完了でき、ディスカバリに要する時間を短縮できる。 When performing discovery using an active scan of Discovery Mode = 1, the STA 100 includes a field indicating a discovery request in the SSW-FB frame and sets the field value to 1 in step S308 and transmits the field. When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame including DR = 1, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100. Accordingly, the STA 100 can complete the discovery of the AP / PCP 300 by omitting the transmission of the Probe request, and can shorten the time required for the discovery.
 (実施の形態3の変形例)
 <変形例3-1>
 なお、図35において、図30と同様に、AP/PCP300は、STA100からのProbe応答を要求するフィールドをProbe応答に含めて送信しても良い。STA100は、AP/PCP300からのProbe応答を要求するフィールドを含むProbe応答を受信した場合、送信機会を獲得し、Probe応答をAP/PCP300へ送信しても良い。
(Modification of Embodiment 3)
<Modification 3-1>
In FIG. 35, as in FIG. 30, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit a field requesting a Probe response from the STA 100 by including the field in the Probe response. When the STA 100 receives a Probe response including a field requesting a Probe response from the AP / PCP 300, the STA 100 may acquire a transmission opportunity and transmit the Probe response to the AP / PCP 300.
 <変形例3-2>
 STA100は、図35に示すA-BFT期間において、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)をSSW-FB含むフレームに含めて送信する代わりに、図35に示すBTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)をDMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 3-2>
In the A-BFT period shown in FIG. 35, the STA 100 transmits the field (DR = 1) indicating the discovery request in the frame including the SSW-FB in place of the field indicating the discovery request in the BTI shown in FIG. DR = 1) may be included in the DMG beacon and transmitted.
 図37は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 37 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 STA100は、BTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むDMGビーコンを送信する。 The STA 100 transmits a DMG beacon including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request in the BTI.
 AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいて受信したDMGビーコンがDR=1を含む場合、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームを送信し、SSW-FBフレームを受信した後、送信機会(TXOP)を獲得し、DTIにおいて、Probe応答を、STA100宛てに送信する。 When the DMG beacon received in the BTI includes DR = 1, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW frame in the A-BFT period, acquires the transmission opportunity (TXOP) after receiving the SSW-FB frame, and acquires the DTI. Then, a Probe response is transmitted to the STA 100.
 変形例3-1においては、11ad規格のDMGビーコンに含まれるReserved bitの1つを、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドに変更して用いてもよい。 In Modification 3-1, one of the reserved bits included in the 11ad standard DMG beacon may be changed to a field indicating a discovery request.
 また、別の方法として、11ad規格ではDMGビーコンはExtensible(拡張可能)と定められているため、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドを、Reserved bitを使用せずに、拡張追加しても良い。これにより、実施の形態3(図35)と比較し、SSW-FBフレームのReserved bitが減らないため、Reserved bitを将来の拡張用に確保できる。 As another method, since the DMG beacon is defined as Extensible (extensible) in the 11ad standard, the field indicating the discovery request may be extended and added without using the Reserved bit. As a result, compared with Embodiment 3 (FIG. 35), the Reserved bit of the SSW-FB frame is not reduced, so that the Reserved bit can be secured for future expansion.
 <変形例3-3>
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)をSSW-FBフレームに含めて送信する代わりに、BTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)、及びディスカバリ基準を示すエレメント(一例として、Requested SSIDエレメント)を、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 3-3>
Instead of transmitting the discovery request field (DR = 1) in the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT period, the STA 100 uses the discovery request field (DR = 1) and the discovery criterion in the BTI. The indicated element (for example, Requested SSID element) may be included in the DMG beacon and transmitted.
 図38は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、SSW-FBフレームを受信し、DTIにおいて受信したDMGビーコンがDR=1を含み、ディスカバリ基準を満たす場合、送信機会(TXOP)を獲得し、Probe応答をSTA100宛てに送信する。 FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300. In the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame, and if the DMG beacon received in the DTI includes DR = 1 and satisfies the discovery criteria, the AP / PCP 300 acquires a transmission opportunity (TXOP) and sends a Probe response. Transmit to STA100.
 図39は、DMGビーコンのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。図39では、11ad規格のDMGビーコンフィールドと比較し、SSWフィールドの1つのReserved bitを、Discovery Requestフィールドとして用いている。STA100は、Discovery Requestフィールドの値を1に設定する場合、11ad規格に規定されていないRequested SSIDエレメントを、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。 FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the DMG beacon. In FIG. 39, compared with the 11ad standard DMG beacon field, one Reserved bit of the SSW field is used as the Discovery Request field. When the value of the Discovery Request field is set to 1, the STA 100 may transmit a Requested SSID element not defined in the 11ad standard in a DMG beacon.
 Requested SSIDエレメントは、ディスカバリ対象となるAP/PCPに関する情報を含む。例えば、Requested SSIDエレメントは、SSIDフィールドを含み、AP/PCPのSSIDの値を含む。Requested SSIDエレメントは、Short SSIDフィールドを含んでも良い。 The Requested SSID element contains information about the AP / PCP to be discovered. For example, the Requested SSID element includes an SSID field and includes an AP / PCP SSID value. The Requested SSID element may include a Short SSID field.
 また、STA100は、DMG CapabilitiesエレメントをDMGビーコンに含めて送信してもよい。 Further, the STA 100 may transmit the DMG Capabilities element included in the DMG beacon.
 ここで、11ad規格においても、DMG CapabilitiesエレメントをDMGビーコンに含めてもよいが、例えばセクタ数が多いSTA(例えばAP/PCP300)が、DMG Capabilitiesエレメントを用いた場合、DMGビーコンの送信に要する無線リソースの消費が増加し、非効率である。 Here, even in the 11ad standard, the DMG Capabilities element may be included in the DMG beacon. However, for example, when a STA having a large number of sectors (for example, AP / PCP300) uses the DMG Capabilities element, the radio required for transmitting the DMG beacon. Resource consumption increases and is inefficient.
 なお、STA100がAP/PCP300と比べて小さいセクタ数を持つ場合、STA100は、DMG CapabilitiesエレメントをDiscovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンに含めてよい。これにより、無線リソースの消費の増加が抑制され、AP/PCP300は、STA100に関する情報(DMG Capabilitiesエレメントに含まれる)の取得において、STA100へのProbe要求の送信を省略できる。 If the STA 100 has a smaller number of sectors than the AP / PCP 300, the STA 100 may include a DMG Capabilities element in the DMG beacon of Discovery Mode = 1. As a result, an increase in consumption of radio resources is suppressed, and the AP / PCP 300 can omit transmission of a Probe request to the STA 100 in acquiring information about the STA 100 (included in the DMG-Capabilities element).
 なお、STA100は、Requested SSIDエレメントの代わりに、または、Requested SSIDエレメントに加えて、ディスカバリ対象を限定する情報(例えば、図23のBSS Type、Short SSID、RSN Info)を含むエレメントをDMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。 Note that the STA 100 includes, in the DMG beacon, an element including information (for example, BSS Type, Short SSID, RSN Info in FIG. 23) that restricts the discovery target instead of or in addition to the Requested SSID element. May be sent.
 このように、STA100は、ディスカバリ基準に関する情報を含めてDiscovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを送信するので、アプリケーションに適合しないBSSのAP/PCP、または、指定しないAP/PCPからのA-BFT期間における応答を回避できる。よって、A-BFT期間における競合を回避でき、例えばSSWフレームの受信失敗によるディスカバリの時間の増加を抑制できる。 In this way, since the STA 100 transmits the DMG beacon of Discovery Mode = 1 including information related to the discovery criterion, the AP / PCP of the BSS that does not conform to the application or the A / BFT period from the AP / PCP that is not specified Response can be avoided. Therefore, contention in the A-BFT period can be avoided, and an increase in discovery time due to, for example, an SSW frame reception failure can be suppressed.
 <変形例3-4>
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、STA100が送信するSSW-FBフレームにおけるディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)に対する応答をサポートするか否かを示すフィールドを、SSWフレームに含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 3-4>
In the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 includes a field indicating whether or not to support a response to the field indicating the discovery request (DR = 1) in the SSW-FB frame transmitted by the STA 100 in the SSW frame. May be.
 図40は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、STA100が送信するSSW-FBフレームにおけるディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)に対する応答をサポートするか否かを示すフィールド(DRS:Discovery Request Supported)を、SSWフレームに含めて送信する。 In the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 includes a field (DRS: Discovery Request Supported) indicating whether to support a response to the field indicating the discovery request (DR = 1) in the SSW-FB frame transmitted by the STA 100, It is included in the SSW frame and transmitted.
 STA100は、受信したSSWフレームのDRSフィールドの値が1の場合、A-BFT期間においてディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドを1に設定(DR=1)してSSW-FBフレームを送信し、Probe応答の待ち受けを行う。 When the value of the DRS field of the received SSW frame is 1, the STA 100 sets the discovery request field to 1 (DR = 1) during the A-BFT period, transmits the SSW-FB frame, and waits for a Probe response. I do.
 STA100は、受信したSSWフレームのDRSフィールドの値が0の場合(図示しない)、A-BFT期間においてディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドを0に設定(DR=0)してSSW-FBフレームを送信し、Probe応答の待ち受けを行う代わりに、例えばProbe要求をAP/PCP300へ送信する。 When the value of the DRS field of the received SSW frame is 0 (not shown), the STA 100 sets the field indicating the discovery request to 0 (DR = 0) in the A-BFT period, and transmits the SSW-FB frame. Instead of waiting for a Probe response, for example, a Probe request is transmitted to the AP / PCP 300.
 STA100は、SSWフレームに含まれるDRSの値に応じて、SSW-FBフレームを送信後にProbe応答の待ち受けを行うか否かを判断できるので、不要な待ち受けを回避でき、ディスカバリに要する時間を削減できる。 The STA 100 can determine whether or not to wait for a Probe response after transmitting the SSW-FB frame according to the DRS value included in the SSW frame, thereby avoiding unnecessary waiting and reducing the time required for discovery. .
 <変形例3-5>
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、1に設定したディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含めたSSW-FBフレームに、コントロールトレイラを付加して送信しても良い。コントロールトレイラは、一例として、図23のフォーマットを用いても良く、ここでの説明は省略する。
<Modification 3-5>
The STA 100 may transmit the SSW-FB frame including the discovery request field (DR = 1) set to 1 with the control trailer added during the A-BFT period. The control trailer may use the format shown in FIG. 23 as an example, and a description thereof is omitted here.
 図41は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 41 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、コントロールトレイラが付加されたSSW-FBフレームを受信する。AP/PCP300は、コントロールトレイラの値が示すディスカバリ基準がAP/PCP300に適合する場合(例えば、Short SSIDの値が一致する場合、BSS Typeが一致する場合)、DTIにおいてProbe応答の送信を行ってもよい。 AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame with the control trailer added during the A-BFT period. The AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response in the DTI when the discovery criterion indicated by the value of the control trailer is compatible with the AP / PCP 300 (for example, when the value of Short SSID matches or the value of BSS Type matches). Also good.
 このように、STA100は、ディスカバリ基準に関する情報を含むコントロールトレイラを付加してSSW-FBフレームを送信する。よって、例えば、アプリケーションに適合しないBSSのAP/PCP、または、指定しないAP/PCPがProbe応答を送信することを回避でき、他のSTA(図示しない)への干渉の発生を低減できる。 As described above, the STA 100 transmits the SSW-FB frame with the control trailer including information on the discovery standard added. Therefore, for example, it is possible to avoid transmission of a Probe response by an AP / PCP of a BSS that does not conform to an application or an AP / PCP that is not specified, and the occurrence of interference with other STAs (not shown) can be reduced.
 不要なProbe応答を送信する場合と比較して、SSW-FBフレームへのコントロールトレイラの付加は、無線リソースの消費が小さく、効率的である。 Compared to sending an unnecessary Probe response, the addition of a control trailer to the SSW-FB frame consumes less radio resources and is more efficient.
 以上より、通信装置(STA)100は、Discovery Mode=1のアクティブスキャンを行う場合、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールドをSSW-FBフレームに含めて送信する。これにより、STA100は、Probe要求の送信を省略でき、遅延が大きいバックオフまたは再送処理の発生を回避できるため、ディスカバリに要する時間の増加を回避できる。 As described above, the communication apparatus (STA) 100 transmits a field indicating a discovery request included in the SSW-FB frame when performing an active scan of Discovery Mode = 1. As a result, the STA 100 can omit the transmission of the Probe request, and can avoid the occurrence of backoff or retransmission processing with a large delay, thereby avoiding an increase in time required for discovery.
 (実施の形態4)
 実施の形態2では、STAがA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行わない場合、及び、STAがA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行ったが他のSTAとの送信の競合等によりAP/PCPがSSWフレームを受信しなかった、または、受信エラーが発生した場合、STA100がDTIにおいてセクタスイープを行う場合について説明した。実施の形態4では、実施の形態2のDTIのセクタスイープの一形態として、STA100がDiscovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを送信する場合について説明する。
(Embodiment 4)
In the second embodiment, when the STA does not perform BFT (SSW frame transmission) in the A-BFT period and when the STA performs BFT (SSW frame transmission) in the A-BFT period, The case where the STA 100 performs the sector sweep in the DTI when the AP / PCP did not receive the SSW frame due to transmission competition or the like, or when a reception error has occurred has been described. In the fourth embodiment, a case where the STA 100 transmits a DMG beacon of Discovery Mode = 1 will be described as an example of the DTI sector sweep of the second embodiment.
 図42は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 42 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 図42のBTIにおいて、AP/PCP300は、DR=1を含まないDMGビーコンを、DMGビーコン毎に送信セクタを変えて送信する。 42, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a DMG beacon that does not include DR = 1 while changing the transmission sector for each DMG beacon.
 図42のBTIにおいて、STA100は、DMGビーコンを受信する。なお、他のSTA(図示しないSTA200)が、同じBTIにおいてDMGビーコンを受信してもよい。 42. In the BTI of FIG. 42, the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon. Another STA (STA 200 not shown) may receive the DMG beacon in the same BTI.
 STA100がA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行わない場合、及び、STA100がA-BFT期間においてBFT(SSWフレームの送信)を行ったが、AP/PCP300が、他のSTAとの送信の競合等により、SSWフレームを受信しなかった、または、AP/PCP300において、受信エラーが発生した場合、AP/PCP300はSSW-FBフレームを送信することを省略し、以下の手順を適用してもよい。 When the STA 100 does not perform BFT (SSW frame transmission) during the A-BFT period, and when the STA 100 performs BFT (SSW frame transmission) during the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 communicates with other STAs. If the SSW frame is not received due to transmission competition or the like, or if a reception error occurs in the AP / PCP 300, the AP / PCP 300 omits sending the SSW-FB frame and applies the following procedure. May be.
 また、STA100が、A-BFT期間においてDR=1を含まないSSWフレームを送信し、AP/PCP300がSSW-FBフレームを送信したが、STA100が受信できなかった場合も、以下の手順を適用しても良い。 Also, when the STA 100 transmits an SSW frame that does not include DR = 1 in the A-BFT period and the AP / PCP 300 transmits an SSW-FB frame, but the STA 100 cannot receive, the following procedure is applied. May be.
 STA100は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むDMGビーコンを、DMGビーコン毎に送信セクタを変え、送信する。STA100は、DMGビーコンに、AP/PCP300のベストセクタを含めて送信する。 The STA 100 changes the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmits a DMG beacon including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request. The STA 100 transmits the DMG beacon including the best sector of the AP / PCP 300.
 図43は、DMGビーコンのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。DMGビーコンは、例えばSSWフィールドを含み、Discovery Requestフィールドを含む。 FIG. 43 is a diagram showing an example of the format of the DMG beacon. The DMG beacon includes, for example, an SSW field and a DiscoveryDisRequest field.
 また、DMGビーコンは、Beamforming Feedbackエレメントを含む。Beamforming Feedbackエレメントは、エレメントを識別するフィールド(例えば、Element ID、Length、Element ID Extensionフィールド)、AP/PCP300のMACアドレスを示すMACアドレスフィールド、及びビームフォーミングフィードバック情報を含むSSW Feedbackフィールドを含む。 Also, the DMG beacon includes a Beamforming Feedback element. The Beamforming Feedback element includes a field for identifying the element (for example, Element ID, Length, Element ID Extension field), a MAC address field indicating the MAC address of the AP / PCP 300, and an SSW Feedback field including beamforming feedback information.
 SSW Feedbackフィールドは、11ad規格のSSW Feedbackフィールドと同様のサブフィールドを含んでも良い。また、サブフィールドの説明は図4の説明を参照してもよい。よって、ここでの説明は省略する。 The SSW Feedback field may include the same subfield as the 11SW standard SSW Feedback field. For the description of the subfield, the description of FIG. 4 may be referred to. Therefore, the description here is omitted.
 STA100は、Beamforming FeedbackエレメントをDiscovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンに含める。これにより、STA100は、MACアドレスフィールドが示すSTA(例えばAP/PCP300)のビームフォーミングフィードバック情報(例えばSSW Feedbackフィールドの内容)を通知できる。 STA 100 includes a Beamforming Feedback element in a DMG beacon of Discovery Mode = 1. Thereby, the STA 100 can notify beamforming feedback information (for example, the contents of the SSW Feedback field) of the STA (for example, the AP / PCP 300) indicated by the MAC address field.
 図44は、DMGビーコンのフォーマットの別の例を示す図である。図44は、図43と異なり、Discovery RequestフィールドをBeamforming FeedbackエレメントのSSW Feedbackフィールドに含める。これにより、SSW Feedbackフィールドのフォーマットが図4と同一になるため、AP/PCP300における受信処理が容易になる。 FIG. 44 is a diagram showing another example of the format of the DMG beacon. 44, unlike FIG. 43, the Discovery Request field is included in the SSW Feedback field of the Beamforming Feedback element. As a result, the format of the SSW Feedback field becomes the same as that in FIG.
 AP/PCP300は、図42のDTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)及びベストセクタの情報を含むDMGビーコンを受信し、STA100との通信のため、受信したベストセクタの情報に基づき、送信アンテナをベストセクタに設定する。 In the DTI of FIG. 42, the AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon including the discovery request field (DR = 1) and the best sector information, and based on the received best sector information for communication with the STA 100, Set the transmit antenna to the best sector.
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、STA100へProbe応答を送信する。STA100は、Probe応答を受信し、ディスカバリを完了する。 AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to STA 100 in DTI. The STA 100 receives the Probe response and completes the discovery.
 STA100は、BTIにおいてAP/PCP300からのDMGビーコンを受信し、A-BFT期間におけるBFTを完了しない場合、DTIにおいてベストセクタの情報を含めてディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むDMGビーコンを送信する。これにより、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいてベストセクタの情報を獲得することができ、SSWフレームの送信及びSSW-FBフレームの受信(実施の形態3参照)を省略し、Probe応答を送信できる。 When the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI and does not complete the BFT in the A-BFT period, the DMG beacon including a field (DR = 1) indicating the discovery request including the best sector information in the DTI Send. Thereby, the AP / PCP 300 can acquire the information of the best sector in the DTI, can omit the transmission of the SSW frame and the reception of the SSW-FB frame (see Embodiment 3), and can transmit the Probe response.
 これにより、STA100は、AP/PCP300に対してA-BFT期間におけるBFTを完了しない場合においても、ディスカバリに要する時間の増加を回避できる。 Thereby, even when the STA 100 does not complete the BFT in the A-BFT period for the AP / PCP 300, it is possible to avoid an increase in time required for discovery.
 図45は、STA100がディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートである。図7(実施の形態1)と同一の処理には同一の番号を付与して説明を省略する。 FIG. 45 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery. The same processes as those in FIG. 7 (Embodiment 1) are assigned the same numbers, and explanations are omitted.
 まず、STA100はディスカバリを開始する(S001)。次に、STA100は、BTIにおいてDMGビーコンを受信する(S002)。 First, the STA 100 starts discovery (S001). Next, the STA 100 receives a DMG beacon in BTI (S002).
 STA100は、A-BFT期間がスケジュールされていない場合(S403:NO-1)、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを送信するために、S421へ移行する。S421の説明については後述する。なお、STA100は、実施の形態1と同様に、次のBTIを待つため、S002に戻ってもよい(図45のS403:NO-2、及び、図42のDTIを参照)。 If the A-BFT period is not scheduled (S403: NO-1), the STA 100 proceeds to S421 in order to transmit a DMG beacon of Discovery Mode = 1. The description of S421 will be described later. As in the first embodiment, the STA 100 may return to S002 to wait for the next BTI (see S403: NO-2 in FIG. 45 and DTI in FIG. 42).
 次に、STA100は、A-BFT期間がスケジュールされている場合(S403:YES)、SSWフレームを送信する(S404)。なお、ここでは、STA100は、図7のS004の場合と異なり、SSWフレームにDR=1を設定しない(図2のA-BFT期間を参照)。 Next, when the A-BFT period is scheduled (S403: YES), the STA 100 transmits an SSW frame (S404). Here, unlike the case of S004 in FIG. 7, the STA 100 does not set DR = 1 in the SSW frame (see the A-BFT period in FIG. 2).
 AP/PCP300がS404のSSWフレームを受信しなかった場合(S405:NO-1)、フローはS002に戻る(図2のA-BFT期間を参照)。この場合、SSW-FBフレーム(及びS012におけるProbe応答)は、STA100に送信されない。ここで、SSWフレームを受信しない場合には、受信エラーがある場合、または、受信電力がpredeterminedな値より低い場合等が含まれる。または、AP/PCP300がS404のSSWフレームを受信しなかった場合(S405:NO-2)、フローは後述するS421に移行してもよい。 When the AP / PCP 300 has not received the SSW frame in S404 (S405: NO-1), the flow returns to S002 (see the A-BFT period in FIG. 2). In this case, the SSW-FB frame (and the Probe response in S012) is not transmitted to the STA 100. Here, the case where the SSW frame is not received includes the case where there is a reception error or the case where the reception power is lower than a predetermined value. Alternatively, when the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the SSW frame of S404 (S405: NO-2), the flow may move to S421 described later.
 AP/PCP300は、S404のSSWフレームを受信した場合(S405:YES)、SSWフレームに基づきベストセクタを決定する(S406)。次に、AP/PCP300は、SSW-FBフレームをSTA100に送信する(S407)(図2のA-BFT期間を参照)。そして、フローはS408へ進む。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame in S404 (S405: YES), the AP / PCP 300 determines the best sector based on the SSW frame (S406). Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the STA 100 (S407) (see the A-BFT period in FIG. 2). Then, the flow proceeds to S408.
 S408において、STA100は、AP/PCP300からSSW-FBフレームを受信しなかった場合(S408:NO)、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを送信するため、S421へ移行する(図2のA-BFT期間を参照)。 In S408, when the STA 100 does not receive the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300 (S408: NO), the STA 100 proceeds to S421 to transmit a DMG beacon of DiscoveryDisMode = 1 (the A-BFT period in FIG. 2). See).
 S421において、STA100は、DMGビーコン毎に送信セクタを変え、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを送信する(S421)(図42のDTIを参照)。なお、STA100は、S002において受信したAP/PCP300のDMGビーコンの受信品質に基づき、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンにAP/PCP300のベストセクタ情報を含めて送信しても良い。また、STA100は、DMGビーコンにスケジューリング情報を含め、AP/PCP300によってDMGビーコンに設定されたスケジューリング(時刻)とは異なるBTI、A-BFT期間、DTIを設定しても良い。 In S421, the STA 100 changes the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmits a DMG beacon of DiscoveryDisMode = 1 (S421) (see DTI in FIG. 42). Note that the STA 100 may transmit the DMG beacon of Discovery Mode = 1 including the best sector information of the AP / PCP 300 based on the reception quality of the DMG beacon of the AP / PCP 300 received in S002. In addition, the STA 100 may include scheduling information in the DMG beacon and set a BTI, A-BFT period, and DTI that are different from the scheduling (time) set in the DMG beacon by the AP / PCP 300.
 一方、AP/PCP300は、S421のDMGビーコンを受信し、STA100との通信のために、DMGビーコンに含まれるベストセクタ情報をメモリに格納する(S422)。これにより、STA100とAP/PCP300との間のBFTが完了する(図42のDTIを参照)。そして、AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームの送信を省略し、S435へ移行する(図42のDTIを参照)。この点が実施の形態3の場合と異なる。 On the other hand, the AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon in S421, and stores the best sector information included in the DMG beacon in the memory for communication with the STA 100 (S422). This completes the BFT between the STA 100 and the AP / PCP 300 (see DTI in FIG. 42). Then, the AP / PCP 300 omits the transmission of the SSW frame and proceeds to S435 (see the DTI in FIG. 42). This point is different from the case of the third embodiment.
 S408において、STA100は、AP/PCP300からSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合(S408:YES)、SSW-FBフレームに含まれるベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S431)。そして、STA100は、AP/PCP300と自分のSTA100との間の初期BFTを完了(成功)と判断する(S432)。S432及びS432の処理は、それぞれ、図7のS009及びS010の処理と同様である。 In S408, when the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame from the AP / PCP 300 (S408: YES), it stores the information of the best sector included in the SSW-FB frame in the memory (S431). Then, the STA 100 determines that the initial BFT between the AP / PCP 300 and its own STA 100 is completed (successful) (S432). The processes of S432 and S432 are the same as the processes of S009 and S010 of FIG. 7, respectively.
 次に、STA100は、DTIにおいてProbe要求をAP/PCP300に送信する(S433)。 Next, the STA 100 transmits a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in DTI (S433).
 一方、AP/PCP300は、Probe要求を受信し、受信エラーが無い場合、SIFS(3μsec)後にACKフレームを送信する(S434)。このS434の処理は、図7のS011の処理と同様である。そして、フローはS435へ進む。 On the other hand, if the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request and there is no reception error, the AP / PCP 300 transmits an ACK frame after SIFS (3 μsec) (S434). The process of S434 is the same as the process of S011 of FIG. Then, the flow proceeds to S435.
 S435において、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答をSTA100に送信する(S435)。なお、AP/PCP300は、S422において、DMGビーコンの受信品質を測定してSTA100のベストセクタを決定し、S012においてSTA100のベストセクタの情報をProbe応答に含めても良い(図42のDTIを参照)。 In S435, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 (S435). Note that the AP / PCP 300 may measure the reception quality of the DMG beacon in S422 to determine the best sector of the STA 100, and may include the best sector information of the STA 100 in the Probe response in S012 (see the DTI in FIG. 42). ).
 一方、STA100は、S435のProbe応答を受信し、SIFS(3μsec)後にACKフレームをAP/PCP300に送信する(S436)。 On the other hand, the STA 100 receives the Probe response in S435 and transmits an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 after SIFS (3 μsec) (S436).
 次に、STA100は、S436のProbe応答に含まれるスキャン結果をメモリに格納する(S437)。このS437の処理は、図7のS015の処理と同様である。 Next, the STA 100 stores the scan result included in the Probe response in S436 in the memory (S437). The process of S437 is the same as the process of S015 of FIG.
 そして、STA100は、AP/PCP300に対するディスカバリを完了する(S438)。このS438の処理は、図7のS016の処理と同様である。 Then, the STA 100 completes discovery for the AP / PCP 300 (S438). The process of S438 is the same as the process of S016 of FIG.
 (実施の形態4の変形例)
 <変形例4-1>
 図42において、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むDMGビーコンを受信し、応答可能を示すフィールドを、BTIにおいて、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い。
(Modification of Embodiment 4)
<Modification 4-1>
42, the AP / PCP 300 may receive a DMG beacon including a field indicating a discovery request (DR = 1) in the DTI, and may transmit a field indicating that a response is possible in the DTI included in the DMG beacon. .
 <変形例4-2>
 STA100は、複数のAP/PCP(図示しない)に関してベストセクタ情報を取得済みである場合、DTIにおいて、複数のBeamforming Feedbackエレメントを、DMGビーコンに含めても良い。後述の手順により、STA100は、複数のAP/PCPに関するProbe応答を取得するための遅延を短縮し、アクティブスキャンを早期に完了できる。
<Modification 4-2>
If the STA 100 has acquired the best sector information for a plurality of AP / PCPs (not shown), a plurality of Beamforming Feedback elements may be included in the DMG beacon in the DTI. According to the procedure described later, the STA 100 can shorten the delay for acquiring Probe responses related to a plurality of AP / PCPs, and can complete the active scan early.
 <変形例4-3>
 STA100は、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ基準を示すエレメントを、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い(実施の形態3の変形例3-2を参照)。
<Modification 4-3>
The STA 100 may transmit an element indicating a discovery criterion included in the DMG beacon in the DTI (see Modification 3-2 of Embodiment 3).
 <変形例4-4>
 STA100は、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求の種別を示すフィールド又はサブフィールドを、DMGビーコンに含めて送信しても良い(実施の形態1の変形例1-2、図13を参照)。また、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求の種別に応じた付加情報を、Probe応答に含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 4-4>
The STA 100 may transmit a DMG beacon including a field or subfield indicating the type of discovery request in the DTI (see Modification 1-2 of Embodiment 1, FIG. 13). In addition, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit additional information according to the type of discovery request in the Probe response in the DTI.
 <変形例4-5>
 なお、STA100は、DTIにおいて、TRN-Rサブフィールド数を示すフィールド又はサブフィールドを含めたDMGビーコンを送信しても良い(図14、図15を参照)。
<Modification 4-5>
Note that the STA 100 may transmit a DMG beacon including a field indicating the number of TRN-R subfields or a subfield in the DTI (see FIGS. 14 and 15).
 AP/PCP300は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含み、TRN-Rサブフィールド数が1以上を示すフィールド又はサブフィールドを含むDMGビーコンを受信した場合、DTIにおいて、TRN-Rサブフィールドを付加したProbe応答を送信しても良い。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives a DMG beacon including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request and including a field or subfield in which the number of TRN-R subfields is 1 or more, the TRN-R subfield is received in the DTI. A Probe response to which is added may be transmitted.
 <変形例4-6>
 なお、PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、STA100からProbe応答を要求する情報を、Probe応答に含めて送信しても良い(図30を参照)。
<Modification 4-6>
Note that the PCP / AP 300 may transmit information requesting a Probe response from the STA 100 in the DTI by including it in the Probe response (see FIG. 30).
 <変形例4-7>
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、図42のProbe応答の代わりに、BSSに関する情報(例えば、Probe応答含まれる情報であるAP/PCP300のDMG Capabilities、STA100がディスカバリを完了するために必要な情報)を含むDMGビーコンを送信しても良い。
<Modification 4-7>
In the DTI, the PCP / AP 300 uses information related to the BSS (for example, DMG Capabilities of the AP / PCP 300 that is information included in the Probe response, information necessary for the STA 100 to complete discovery) instead of the Probe response in FIG. An included DMG beacon may be transmitted.
 図46は、STA100がディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 46 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery.
 PCP/AP300は、DTIにおいて、図42のDTIにおけるProbe応答の代わりに、BSSに関する情報を含むDMGビーコンを送信する。DMGビーコンは、Probe応答に含まれるエレメントの全部又は一部を含んでも良い。 In the DTI, the PCP / AP 300 transmits a DMG beacon including information related to the BSS instead of the Probe response in the DTI of FIG. The DMG beacon may include all or part of the elements included in the Probe response.
 STA100は、DTIにおいてAP/PCP300が送信したDMGビーコンを受信することにより、AP/PCP300のディスカバリに用いる情報を獲得し、ディスカバリを完了する。 The STA 100 acquires information used for discovery of the AP / PCP 300 by receiving the DMG beacon transmitted by the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI, and completes the discovery.
 また、図示しない他のSTAは、DTIにおいて、AP/PCP300が送信したDMGビーコンを受信することにより、BTIにおけるAP/PCP300によるDMGビーコンの送信から、DTIにおけるSTA100によるDMGビーコンの送信までを省略してディスカバリを完了してもよい。 Also, other STAs (not shown) receive the DMG beacon transmitted by the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI, thereby omitting the DMG beacon transmission from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI to the DMG beacon transmitted by the STA 100 in the DTI. You may complete the discovery.
 AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいて、送信するDMGビーコンに全てのBSSに関する情報を含めず(一部含めても良い)、DTIにおいて送信するDMGビーコンに全てのBSSに関する情報を含めてもよい。 In the BTI, the AP / PCP 300 may not include all BSS information in the DMG beacon to be transmitted (may be partially included), and may include all BSS information in the DMG beacon transmitted in the DTI.
 ここで、AP/PCP300は、BTIにおけるDMGビーコンをBI毎に繰り返し送信するため(つまり送信回数が多いため)、全てのBSSに関する情報を含めないことによって、多くの無線リソースの消費量を抑制できる。 Here, since the AP / PCP 300 repeatedly transmits the DMG beacon in the BTI for each BI (that is, because the number of transmissions is large), the consumption of many radio resources can be suppressed by not including information on all the BSSs. .
 また、DTIにおけるDMGビーコンの送信は、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを受信した場合に行われるため、不要なDMGビーコンの送信が抑制され、無線リソースを効率的に利用できる。例えば、ディスカバリを行っているSTAが存在しない場合における、BSSに関する情報を含むDMGビーコンの送信を、回避できる。 In addition, since transmission of DMG beacons in DTI is performed when a DMG beacon of DiscoveryDisMode = 1 is received, unnecessary transmission of DMG beacons is suppressed and radio resources can be used efficiently. For example, transmission of a DMG beacon including information related to the BSS when there is no STA performing discovery can be avoided.
 以上のように、STA100が、BTIにおいて、AP/PCP300からDMGビーコンを受信し、A-BFT期間におけるBFTを完了しない場合、STA100は、DTIにおいて、ベストセクタの情報を含めてディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むDMGビーコンを送信する。これにより、AP/PCP300は、ベストセクタの情報を獲得でき、A-BFT期間におけるSSWフレームの送信及びSSW-FBフレームの受信(実施の形態3参照)を省略し、DTIにおいて、Probe応答を送信できる。 As described above, when the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI and does not complete the BFT in the A-BFT period, the STA 100 indicates the discovery request including the best sector information in the DTI. A DMG beacon including (DR = 1) is transmitted. As a result, the AP / PCP 300 can acquire the best sector information, omits the transmission of the SSW frame and the reception of the SSW-FB frame (see Embodiment 3) in the A-BFT period, and transmits the Probe response in the DTI. it can.
 これにより、STA100は、AP/PCP300に対してA-BFT期間におけるBFTを完了しない場合においても、ディスカバリに要する時間の増加を回避できる。 Thereby, even when the STA 100 does not complete the BFT in the A-BFT period for the AP / PCP 300, it is possible to avoid an increase in time required for discovery.
 また、DTIにおいて、AP/PCP300がディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むDMGビーコンを受信した場合、DTIにおけるSSWフレームの送信を省略してProbe応答を送信する。これにより、DTIにおけるSSWフレームを送信することによる他のSTA(図示しない)への干渉の増加を回避できる。 In the DTI, when the AP / PCP 300 receives a DMG beacon including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request, the probe response is transmitted by omitting the transmission of the SSW frame in the DTI. Thereby, it is possible to avoid an increase in interference with other STAs (not shown) due to transmission of the SSW frame in the DTI.
 (実施の形態5)
 実施の形態3では、STA100が、BTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンに含めて送信し、AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、BFTが完了した場合、DTIにおいて、Probe応答を送信する手順について説明した。本実施の形態では、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答の代わりに、A-BFT期間において、BSSに関する短縮情報をSSWフレーム及びShort SSWパケットに含めて送信し、STA100におけるディスカバリの時間を短縮する方法について説明する。
(Embodiment 5)
In the third embodiment, the STA 100 transmits a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request in the BTI by including it in the DMG beacon of Discovery Mode = 1, and the AP / PCP 300 transmits the BFT in the A-BFT period. In the case of completion, the procedure for transmitting a Probe response in the DTI has been described. In the present embodiment, AP / PCP 300 transmits a shortened information related to the BSS in the SSW frame and the Short SSW packet in the A-BFT period instead of the Probe response, and reduces the discovery time in STA 100. explain.
 図47は、STA100がAP/PCP300に対しアクティブスキャンを行う実施の形態5の手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 47 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure of the fifth embodiment in which the STA 100 performs an active scan on the AP / PCP 300.
 STA100は、DTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンに含めて送信する。 In the DTI, the STA 100 transmits a field indicating a discovery request (DR = 1) in a DMG beacon of DiscoveryDisMode = 1.
 AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいて、DMGビーコンを受信する。 AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon in DTI.
 AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含む、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを受信した場合、A-BFT期間において、BSSに関する短縮情報をSSWフレーム及びShort SSWパケットに含めて送信する。なお、図47では、AP/PCP300は、Short SSWパケットを送信する。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives a discovery-mode = 1 DMG beacon including a discovery request field (DR = 1) in the BTI, the AP / PCP 300 transmits the short information about the BSS to the SSW frame and the Short-SSW packet in the A-BFT period. To be included and sent. In FIG. 47, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Short SSW packet.
 図48は、BSSに関する短縮情報を含むShort SSWパケットのフォーマットの一例を示す図である。なお、図23と同じフィールドおよびサブフィールドは説明を省略する。 FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating an example of a format of a Short SSW packet including shortened information related to the BSS. Note that the description of the same fields and subfields as in FIG. 23 is omitted.
 Short SSWパケットはコントロールトレイラを含み、コントロールトレイラは、例えば、Reduced Discovery Informationフィールドを含む。 The Short SSW packet includes a control trailer, and the control trailer includes, for example, a Reduced Discovery Information field.
 Reduced Discovery Informationフィールドは、STA100がディスカバリを完了するために必要な情報、例えば、BSS Type、Short SSID、RSN Info、Reduced Capabilitiesフィールドを含む。 The Reduced Discovery Information field includes information necessary for the STA 100 to complete discovery, for example, BSS Type, Short SSID, RSN Info, and Reduced Capabilities fields.
 Reduced Capabilitiesフィールドは、例えば、STA100がディスカバリを完了した後に初期接続(Association、Authentication)を行うために必要な情報を含む。例えば、AP/PCP300がサポートするAuthentication手順やセキュリティアルゴリズムの種別を含む。 The Reduced Capabilities field includes, for example, information necessary for performing initial connection (Association, Authentication) after the STA 100 completes discovery. For example, the authentication procedure and security algorithm type supported by the AP / PCP 300 are included.
 Reduced Capabilitiesフィールドは、例えば、DMG Privacyフィールド、ECAPC(Extended centralized access point or personal basic service set control point cluster) Policyフィールドを含む。 The Reduced Capabilities field includes, for example, a DMG Privacy field, an ECAPC (Extended centralized access point, or personal, basic service, set control, point cluster, and Policy fields.
 STA100は、図47のA-BFT期間において、BSSに関する短縮情報を含むShort SSWパケットを受信する。 The STA 100 receives the Short SSW packet including the shortened information related to the BSS in the A-BFT period of FIG.
 STA100は、受信したBSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、Probe要求を送信するか否かを判断する。例えば、Reduced Capabilitiesフィールドは、AP/PCP300に関する全ての情報を含むわけではないため、STA100が使用する機能に関する情報がReduced Capabilitiesフィールドに含まれない場合、DTIにおいて、Probe要求を送信すると判断する。 The STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit a Probe request based on the received shortened information regarding the BSS. For example, since the Reduced Capabilities field does not include all information related to the AP / PCP 300, when the information related to the function used by the STA 100 is not included in the Reduced Capabilities field, it is determined that the Probe request is transmitted in the DTI.
 また、例えば、Reduced Capabilitiesフィールドは、AP/PCP300の複数のオプション機能に関し、AP/PCP300が各オプション機能をサポートするか否かを示すビットを含むが、各オプション機能に関するパラメータは含まない。 Also, for example, the Reduced Capabilities field includes a bit indicating whether or not the AP / PCP 300 supports each optional function regarding a plurality of optional functions of the AP / PCP 300, but does not include a parameter regarding each optional function.
 このため、STA100は、AP/PCP300がサポートするオプション機能を使用し、オプション機能に関する追加パラメータが不足している場合、DTIにおいて、AP/PCP300へProbe要求を送信してもよい。 For this reason, the STA 100 may use an optional function supported by the AP / PCP 300, and may transmit a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI when an additional parameter related to the optional function is insufficient.
 STA100は、AP/PCP300からのProbe応答を受信することにより、オプション機能に関する追加パラメータを取得できる。 The STA 100 can acquire additional parameters related to optional functions by receiving the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300.
 なお、STA100は、AP/PCP300がサポートするオプション機能を使用しない場合、または、オプション機能を使用し、オプション機能に関する追加パラメータが充足している場合、AP/PCP300へProbe要求の送信を省略してもよい。STA100は、使用するオプション機能の種別に応じ、AP/PCP300へProbe要求を送信するか否かを決定しても良い。 Note that if the STA 100 does not use the optional function supported by the AP / PCP 300, or if the optional function is used and additional parameters related to the optional function are satisfied, the STA 100 omits sending the Probe request to the AP / PCP 300. Also good. The STA 100 may determine whether to send a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 according to the type of the optional function to be used.
 STA100は、A-BFT期間においてSSWフレーム及びShort SSWパケットを受信した場合、AP/PCP300へSSW-FBフレームを送信してもよい。 The STA 100 may transmit the SSW-FB frame to the AP / PCP 300 when receiving the SSW frame and the Short SSW packet in the A-BFT period.
 AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含む、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを受信した場合、A-BFT期間において、BSSに関する短縮情報を含むShort SSWパケットを送信し、さらに、Probe応答を送信しないため、STA100は、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮できる。また、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答を送信しないため、他のSTAに与える干渉を低減できる。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives a discovery-mode = 1 DMG beacon including a discovery request field (DR = 1) in the BTI, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Short-SSW packet including shortened information regarding the BSS in the A-BFT period. In addition, since the Probe response is not transmitted, the STA 100 can reduce the delay required for discovery. Further, since AP / PCP 300 does not transmit a Probe response, it is possible to reduce interference given to other STAs.
 また、STA100は、BSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、DTIにおいて、Probe要求を送信するか否かを判断するため、不要なProbe要求の送信を削減し、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮し、他のSTAに与える干渉を低減できる。 In addition, since the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit a Probe request in the DTI based on the shortened information related to the BSS, the transmission of unnecessary Probe requests is reduced, the delay required for discovery is shortened, and other STAs are notified. The interference given can be reduced.
 図49は、STA100がDiscovery Mode=1のアクティブスキャンによりディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートである。実施の形態3の図36と同じ処理には同じ番号を付与し、説明を省略する。 FIG. 49 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery by an active scan with Discovery Mode = 1. The same processes as those in FIG. 36 of the third embodiment are given the same numbers, and the description thereof is omitted.
 まず、STA100は、ディスカバリを開始する(S301)。 First, the STA 100 starts discovery (S301).
 次に、STA100は、BTIにおいて、Discovery Modeフィールドの値を1に設定したDMGビーコンを送信する(S302)。 Next, the STA 100 transmits a DMG beacon in which the value of the Discovery Mode field is set to 1 in BTI (S302).
 AP/PCP300がBTIにおいてS302のDMGビーコンを受信しなかった場合、または、他の理由が存在する場合(例えば干渉が検出された場合)(S303:NO)、フローは後述のS506に進む。この場合、AP/PCP300は、後述のS505におけるShort SSWフレームの送信を省略する。 When the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the DMG beacon at S302 in the BTI, or when there is another reason (for example, when interference is detected) (S303: NO), the flow proceeds to S506 described later. In this case, the AP / PCP 300 omits transmission of the Short SSW frame in S505 described later.
 AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいてS302のDMGビーコンを受信した場合(S303:YES)、AP/PCP300は、ベストセクタを選択する(S304)。そして、AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、Short SSWパケットをSTA100に送信する(S505)。なお、AP/PCP300は、Short SSWパケット毎に送信セクタを切り替え、Short SSWパケットを送信してもよい。また、AP/PCP300は、Short SSWパケットにSTA100のベストセクタ(例えばS303のDMGビーコンによって測定)の情報を含めて送信しても良い。また、AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むDMGビーコンを受信した場合、Short SSWパケットにコントロールトレイラを付加し、BSSに関する短縮情報を含めて送信してもよい。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the DMG beacon in S302 in the BTI (S303: YES), the AP / PCP 300 selects the best sector (S304). Then, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Short SSW packet to the STA 100 in the A-BFT period (S505). Note that the AP / PCP 300 may switch the transmission sector for each Short SSW packet and transmit the Short SSW packet. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information of the best sector (for example, measured by the DMG beacon in S303) of the STA 100 in the Short SSW packet. Further, when the AP / PCP 300 receives a DMG beacon including a discovery request field (DR = 1) in the BTI, the AP / PCP 300 may add a control trailer to the Short SSW packet and transmit the BSS including shortened information. Good.
 STA100がA-BFT期間においてS505のShort SSWパケットを受信しなかった場合(S506:NO)、フローはS302に戻り、STA100はDMGビーコンの送信を再試行しても良い。ここでのShort SSWパケットを受信しなかった場合には、S505においてAP/PCP300がShort SSWパケットの送信を行わなかった場合、および/または、他のSTAの送信との競合や受信感度の不足によってSTA100がShort SSWパケットを受信しなかった場合等が含まれてよい。なお、STA100は、予め定められた回数の試行を行った場合、該当無線チャネル及びAP/PCP300のディスカバリを終了しても良い。 If the STA 100 does not receive the Short SSW packet of S505 in the A-BFT period (S506: NO), the flow returns to S302, and the STA 100 may retry transmission of the DMG beacon. If the Short SSW packet is not received here, the AP / PCP 300 does not transmit the Short SSW packet in S505, and / or due to contention with other STA transmissions or lack of reception sensitivity. The case where the STA 100 does not receive the Short SSW packet may be included. Note that, when the STA 100 performs a predetermined number of trials, the STA 100 may end the discovery of the corresponding wireless channel and the AP / PCP 300.
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、Short SSWパケットを受信した場合(S506:YES)、AP/PCP300のベストセクタを選択し、今後AP/PCP300との通信に使用するため、ベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する。また、STA100は、Short SSWパケットのコントロールトレイラに含まれるBSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、Probe要求を送信するか否かを決定する(S507)。なお、このS507において、STA100がProbe要求の送信を省略すると決定した場合、フローはS517に進み、ディスカバリを完了しても良い。 When the STA 100 receives the Short SSW packet during the A-BFT period (S506: YES), the STA 100 selects the best sector of the AP / PCP 300 and stores the information of the best sector in the memory for future use with the AP / PCP 300. To store. Also, the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit a Probe request based on the shortened information regarding the BSS included in the control trailer of the Short SSW packet (S507). In S507, when the STA 100 determines not to transmit the Probe request, the flow may proceed to S517 and complete the discovery.
 STA100は、SSW-FBフレームをAP/PCP300に送信する(S508)。 The STA 100 transmits the SSW-FB frame to the AP / PCP 300 (S508).
 一方、AP/PCP300は、S508のSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合(S509:YES)、SSW-FBフレームに含まれる送信ベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(S510)。なお、AP/PCP300がS508のSSW-FBフレームを受信しなかった場合、フローはS302に戻ってもよい(S509:NO-1)。または、この場合、フローはS517に進み、ディスカバリを完了してもよい(S509:NO-2)。 On the other hand, when the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame in S508 (S509: YES), the AP / PCP 300 stores the information of the transmission best sector included in the SSW-FB frame in the memory (S510). If the AP / PCP 300 does not receive the SSW-FB frame in S508, the flow may return to S302 (S509: NO-1). Alternatively, in this case, the flow may proceed to S517 to complete discovery (S509: NO-2).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、自分のAP/PCP300とSTA100との間におけるBFTが完了したと判断する(S511)。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 determines that the BFT between its own AP / PCP 300 and the STA 100 has been completed (S511).
 一方、STA100は、S507でProbe要求を送信すると決定した場合(S512-1:NO)、Probe要求をAP/PCP300に送信し(S512-2)、フローはS513に進む。なお、STA100は、S507でProbe要求の送信を省略すると決定した場合、S512-2の処理を行わず(S512-1:YES)、フローはS517へ進み、ディスカバリを完了する。 On the other hand, if the STA 100 determines to transmit the Probe request in S507 (S5121: NO), the STA 100 transmits the Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 (S512-2), and the flow proceeds to S513. Note that if the STA 100 determines in S507 that transmission of the Probe request is omitted, the processing of S512-2 is not performed (S5121: YES), and the flow proceeds to S517 and the discovery is completed.
 一方、AP/PCP300は、S512のProbe要求を受信し、SIFS後にACKフレームをSTAに送信する(S513)。 Meanwhile, the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request in S512 and transmits an ACK frame to the STA after SIFS (S513).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答をSTA100に送信する(S514)。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 (S514).
 一方、STA100は、S514のProbe応答を受信し、SIFS後にACKフレームをAP/PCP300に送信する(S515)。 On the other hand, the STA 100 receives the Probe response in S514, and transmits an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 after SIFS (S515).
 次に、STA100のMACプロセッサ(図8を参照)は、スキャン結果(例えばProbe応答に含まれるAP/PCP300の情報、及び受信品質)をホストコントローラへ通知する(S516)。 Next, the MAC processor of the STA 100 (see FIG. 8) notifies the host controller of the scan result (for example, the AP / PCP 300 information and reception quality included in the Probe response) (S516).
 そして、STA100は、AP/PCP300のディスカバリを完了する(S517)。 Then, the STA 100 completes the discovery of the AP / PCP 300 (S517).
 図50は、通信装置(AP/PCP300及びSTA100)の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。図32と同じ構成要素は説明を省略する。 FIG. 50 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the communication devices (AP / PCP 300 and STA 100). The description of the same components as those in FIG. 32 is omitted.
 MACプロセッサは、コントロールトレイラメッセージ生成回路及びコントロールトレイラメッセージ処理回路を含む。 The MAC processor includes a control trailer message generation circuit and a control trailer message processing circuit.
 A-BFT期間において、AP/PCP300のコントロールトレイラメッセージ生成回路は、BSSに関する情報(例えば、ホストコントローラより入力される)に基づきBSSに関する短縮情報を生成し、コントロールトレイラ(図48を参照)のデータを生成し、PHY送信回路に入力する。PHY送信回路は、コントロールトレイラのデータを符号化、および/または、変調し、Short SSWパケットに付加して、送信する。 In the A-BFT period, the control trailer message generation circuit of the AP / PCP 300 generates shortened information related to the BSS based on the information related to the BSS (for example, input from the host controller), and the data of the control trailer (see FIG. 48). Is input to the PHY transmission circuit. The PHY transmission circuit encodes and / or modulates the data of the control trailer, adds it to the ShorthorSSW packet, and transmits it.
 A-BFT期間において、STA100は、コントロールトレイラが付加されたShort SSWパケットを受信し、PHY受信回路は、Short SSWパケット本体及びコントロールトレイラの復調、および/または、復号を行い、Short SSWデータ及びコントロールトレイラのデータを生成し、MACプロセッサに入力する。コントロールトレイラメッセージ処理回路は、コントロールトレイラのデータから、BSSに関する短縮情報を生成し、ホストへ出力する。 In the A-BFT period, the STA 100 receives the Short SSW packet to which the control trailer is added, and the PHY receiver circuit demodulates and / or decodes the Short SSW packet body and the control trailer, and the Short SSW data and control Trailer data is generated and input to the MAC processor. The control trailer message processing circuit generates shortened information regarding the BSS from the data of the control trailer and outputs it to the host.
 メッセージ生成回路は、受信したBSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、Probe応答の送信を行うと判断した場合、Probe要求のデータを生成し、PHY送信回路へ入力する。 When the message generation circuit determines to transmit a Probe response based on the received shortened information regarding the BSS, it generates Probe request data and inputs it to the PHY transmission circuit.
 HOSTは、受信したBSSに関する短縮情報、Probe応答の情報(Probe要求)を、ディスカバリの結果として受信する。 The HOST receives the shortened information related to the received BSS and the probe response information (Probe request) as a result of discovery.
 (実施の形態5の変形例)
 <変形例5-1>
 STA100は、BTIにおいて、BSSに関する短縮情報を含むコントロールトレイラを付加したShort SSWパケットの受信をサポートするか否かを示すフィールドをDMGビーコンに含めても良い。
(Modification of Embodiment 5)
<Modification 5-1>
The STA 100 may include in the DMG beacon a field indicating whether to support reception of a Short SSW packet to which a control trailer including shortened information related to the BSS is added in the BTI.
 <変形例5-2>
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、コントロールトレイラに含める情報は、FILS(First Initial Link Setup規格、IEEE802.11ai)に定められる、ディスカバリ情報であってもよい。
<Modification 5-2>
In the AP / PCP 300, information included in the control trailer in the A-BFT period may be discovery information defined in FILS (First Initial Link Setup Standard, IEEE802.11ai).
 <変形例5-3>
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、図35と同様に、ディスカバリ要求を含むフィールド(DR=1)を、SSW-FBフレームに含めて送信しても良い。STA100は、Probe要求の送信を必要と判断した場合に、ディスカバリ要求を含むフィールド(DR=1)を、SSW-FBフレームに含めて送信しても良い。
<Modification 5-3>
In the A-BFT period, the STA 100 may transmit the field (DR = 1) including the discovery request included in the SSW-FB frame, as in FIG. When the STA 100 determines that the probe request needs to be transmitted, the STA 100 may transmit the field (DR = 1) including the discovery request by including it in the SSW-FB frame.
 AP/PCP300は、ディスカバリ要求を含むフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合、DTIにおいて、Probe応答をSTA100へ送信する。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW-FB frame including the field (DR = 1) including the discovery request, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 in the DTI.
 STA100は、Probe要求の送信を行うと判断した場合に、Probe要求を送信する代わりに、A-BFT期間において、ディスカバリ要求を含むフィールド(DR=1)をSSW-FBフレームに含めて送信することにより、AP/PCP300からのProbe応答を受信してもよい。 When the STA 100 determines to transmit the Probe request, the STA 100 includes a field (DR = 1) including the discovery request in the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT period instead of transmitting the Probe request. Thus, the Probe response from the AP / PCP 300 may be received.
 <変形例5-4>
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において受信したBSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、AP/PCP300がディスカバリの対象ではないと判断し、Probe要求の送信を中止しても良い。例えば、BSS Typeが、STA100が使用するアプリケーションに応じたBSS Typeと適合しない場合である。
<Modification 5-4>
The STA 100 may determine that the AP / PCP 300 is not a discovery target based on the shortened information regarding the BSS received in the A-BFT period, and may stop transmitting the Probe request. For example, the BSS Type is not compatible with the BSS Type corresponding to the application used by the STA 100.
 以上のように、AP/PCP300が、BTIにおいて、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含む、Discovery Mode=1のDMGビーコンを受信した場合、AP/PCP300は、BSSに関する短縮情報を含むShort SSWパケットを送信し、Probe応答の送信を省略する。これにより、STA100は、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮できる。また、AP/PCP300は、Probe応答の送信を省略するため、他のSTAに与える干渉を低減できる。 As described above, when the AP / PCP 300 receives a DMG beacon of Discovery Mode = 1 including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request in the BTI, the AP / PCP 300 includes the short information regarding the BSS. An SSW packet is transmitted and transmission of a Probe response is omitted. As a result, the STA 100 can shorten the delay required for discovery. Further, since the AP / PCP 300 omits the transmission of the Probe response, the interference given to other STAs can be reduced.
 また、STA100は、A-BFT期間において受信したBSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、Probe要求を送信するか否かを判断する。これにより、不要なProbe要求の送信を削減し、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮し、他のSTAに与える干渉を低減できる。 Further, the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit a Probe request based on the shortened information regarding the BSS received during the A-BFT period. Thereby, transmission of unnecessary Probe requests can be reduced, a delay required for discovery can be shortened, and interference given to other STAs can be reduced.
 (実施の形態6)
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間においてDR=1を含むSSWフレームを受信した場合、実施の形態1においてはProbe応答を送信するが、実施の形態6では、SSW-FBフレームにコントロールトレイラ(実施の形態5のShort SSWに付加したものと同様)を付加して送信し、STA100のディスカバリを早期に完了させる。
(Embodiment 6)
When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame including DR = 1 in the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response in the first embodiment. In the sixth embodiment, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a control trailer (implemented in the SSW-FB frame). (Similar to the one added to the Short SSW in the form 5) is transmitted and the discovery of the STA 100 is completed early.
 図51は、STA100がアクティブスキャンを行う手順の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs an active scan.
 AP/PCP300は、BTIにおいて、DMGビーコン毎に、送信セクタを切り替え、DMGビーコンを送信する。 In the BTI, the AP / PCP 300 switches the transmission sector for each DMG beacon and transmits the DMG beacon.
 STA100は、BTIにおいて、DMGビーコンを受信し、AP/PCP300のベストセクタを決定する。 The STA 100 receives the DMG beacon in the BTI and determines the best sector of the AP / PCP 300.
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、AP/PCP300のベストセクタの情報、及びディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを送信する。 In the A-BFT period, the STA 100 transmits an SSW frame including the best sector information of the AP / PCP 300 and a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request.
 AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームを受信し、STA100のベストセクタを決定する。 The AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame and determines the best sector of the STA 100.
 AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、SSW-FBフレームにSTA100のベストセクタの情報を含め、コントロールトレイラを付加して送信する。コントロールトレイラには、BSSに関する短縮情報を含める(図48を参照)。 In the A-BFT period, the AP / PCP 300 includes the information on the best sector of the STA 100 in the SSW-FB frame, and transmits it by adding a control trailer. The control trailer includes shortened information regarding the BSS (see FIG. 48).
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において、コントロールトレイラが付加されたSSW-FBフレームを受信する。コントロールトレイラを復調、および/または、復号し、BSSに関する短縮情報を取得する。 The STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame with the control trailer added during the A-BFT period. The control trailer is demodulated and / or decoded to obtain shortened information about the BSS.
 STA100は、BSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、AP/PCP300からのProbe応答の情報を要求するか否かを決定する。つまり、Probe要求フレームを送信するか否かを決定する。 The STA 100 determines whether to request the probe response information from the AP / PCP 300 based on the shortened information regarding the BSS. That is, it is determined whether or not to transmit a Probe request frame.
 STA100は、BTIにおいて、AP/PCP300からのDMGビーコンを受信した場合、Probe交換(Probe要求フレームの送信とProbe応答の受信)を行う前に、SSW-FBフレームによって、BSSに関する短縮情報を取得し、AP/PCP300がディスカバリ対象のAP/PCPか否かを判定する。よって、不要なProbe交換が行われないため、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮でき、他のSTA(図示しない)に対する干渉を抑制できる。 When the STA 100 receives the DMG beacon from the AP / PCP 300 in the BTI, the STA 100 acquires the shortened information about the BSS by using the SSW-FB frame before performing the probe exchange (transmitting the probe request frame and receiving the probe response). , It is determined whether the AP / PCP 300 is a discovery target AP / PCP. Therefore, since unnecessary probe exchange is not performed, the delay required for discovery can be shortened, and interference with other STAs (not shown) can be suppressed.
 なお、STA100は、A-BFT期間において、DR=1を含めずにSSWフレームを送信しても良い。AP/PCP300は、受信したSSWフレームにDR=1を含むか否かに関わらず、A-BFT期間においてコントロールトレイラを付加したSSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。 Note that the STA 100 may transmit the SSW frame without including DR = 1 in the A-BFT period. The AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame with the control trailer added during the A-BFT period regardless of whether or not DR = 1 is included in the received SSW frame.
 コントロールトレイラの受信に対応するSTA(例えばSTA100)は、コントロールトレイラを復調、および/または、復号し、BSSに関する短縮情報を取得する。コントロールトレイラの受信に対応しないSTA(図示しない)は、SSW-FBフレームの受信を行い、コントロールトレイラを破棄する。 The STA (for example, the STA 100) corresponding to the reception of the control trailer demodulates and / or decodes the control trailer, and acquires the shortened information regarding the BSS. An STA (not shown) that does not support reception of the control trailer receives the SSW-FB frame and discards the control trailer.
 なお、STA100は、A-BFT期間において、SSWフレームの代わりにShort SSWパケットを送信しても良い。AP/PCP300は、DR=1を含むSSWフレーム及びShort SSWパケットを受信した場合、送信元STA(例えばSTA100)がコントロールトレイラの受信に対応していると判断し、SSW-FBフレームにコントロールトレイラを付加して送信してよい。AP/PCP300は、DR=1を含まないSSWフレームを受信した場合、送信元STA(例えば図示しない他のSTA)がコントロールトレイラの受信に対応していないと判断し、SSW-FBフレームにコントロールトレイラを付加しないで送信してよい。 Note that the STA 100 may transmit a Short SSW packet instead of the SSW frame in the A-BFT period. When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame including DR = 1 and the Short SSW packet, the AP / PCP 300 determines that the transmission source STA (for example, the STA 100) supports reception of the control trailer, and sets the control trailer in the SSW-FB frame. It may be added and transmitted. When the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame that does not include DR = 1, the AP / PCP 300 determines that the transmission source STA (for example, another STA (not shown)) does not support reception of the control trailer, and adds the control trailer to the SSW-FB frame. You may send without adding.
 以上により11ad規格との後方互換性が保たれる。 As described above, backward compatibility with the 11ad standard is maintained.
 図52は、STA100がディスカバリを行う手順の一例を示すフローチャートである。図7(実施の形態1)と同一の処理には同一の番号を付与して説明を省略する場合がある。 FIG. 52 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a procedure in which the STA 100 performs discovery. The same processing as in FIG. 7 (Embodiment 1) may be assigned the same number and description thereof may be omitted.
 まず、STA100はディスカバリを開始し(S001)、図7のS002からS004と同様の処理を実行する。 First, the STA 100 starts discovery (S001), and executes the same processing as S002 to S004 in FIG.
 AP/PCP300は、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを受信した場合(S005:YES)、コントロールトレイラを付加したSSW-FBフレームをSTA100へ送信する(S607)(図51のA-BFT期間を参照)。なお、AP/PCP300は、SSWフレームにより通知されたベストセクタを用いて、SSW-FBフレームを送信しても良い。また、AP/PCP300は、STA100のベストセクタの情報を、SSW-FBフレームに含めて送信しても良い。 When the AP / PCP 300 receives the SSW frame including the field indicating the discovery request (DR = 1) (S005: YES), the AP / PCP 300 transmits the SSW-FB frame to which the control trailer is added to the STA 100 (S607) (FIG. 51). (See A-BFT period). Note that the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the SSW-FB frame using the best sector notified by the SSW frame. Further, the AP / PCP 300 may transmit the information on the best sector of the STA 100 by including it in the SSW-FB frame.
 一方、STA100は、S607のSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合(S608:YES)、AP/PCP300との通信に備え、SSW-FBフレームに含まれるベストセクタの情報をメモリに格納する(図51のA-BFT期間を参照)。また、STA100は、コントロールトレイラを含むSSW-FBフレームを受信した場合、コントロールトレイラに含まれるBSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、Probe要求を送信するか否かを決定する(S609)(図51のA-BFT期間を参照)。 On the other hand, when the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame in S607 (S608: YES), the STA 100 stores the best sector information included in the SSW-FB frame in the memory in preparation for communication with the AP / PCP 300 (FIG. 51). (See A-BFT period). Further, when the STA 100 receives the SSW-FB frame including the control trailer, the STA 100 determines whether or not to transmit the Probe request based on the shortened information regarding the BSS included in the control trailer (S609) (A- in FIG. 51). See BFT period).
 そして、STA100は、AP/PCP300と自分のSTA100との間の初期BFTを完了(成功)と判断する(S610)。 Then, the STA 100 determines that the initial BFT between the AP / PCP 300 and its own STA 100 is completed (successful) (S610).
 次に、STA100は、S609においてProbe要求を送信すると決定した場合(S611-1:NO)、DTIにおいて、Probe要求をAP/PCP300に送信し(S611-2)(図2のDTIを参照)、フローはS612に進む。なお、STA100がS609においてProbe要求を送信しないと決定した場合(S611-1:YES)、フローはS616へ進み、AP/PCP300のディスカバリを完了してもよい(図51のDTIを参照)。 Next, if the STA 100 determines to transmit a Probe request in S609 (S611-1: NO), the STA 100 transmits a Probe request to the AP / PCP 300 in the DTI (S611-2) (see the DTI in FIG. 2). The flow proceeds to S612. If the STA 100 determines not to transmit a Probe request in S609 (S611-1: YES), the flow proceeds to S616, and the discovery of the AP / PCP 300 may be completed (see DTI in FIG. 51).
 一方、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいてS612のProbe要求を受信し、SIFS後にACKフレームをSTA100に送信する(S612)(図2のDTI参照)。 Meanwhile, the AP / PCP 300 receives the Probe request in S612 in the DTI, and transmits an ACK frame to the STA 100 after SIFS (S612) (see the DTI in FIG. 2).
 次に、AP/PCP300は、DTIにおいてProbe応答をSTA100に送信する(S613)。 Next, the AP / PCP 300 transmits a Probe response to the STA 100 in DTI (S613).
 一方、STA100は、DTIにおいてS613のProbe応答を受信し、SIFS後にACKフレームをAP/PCP300に送信する(S614)。 On the other hand, the STA 100 receives the Probe response of S613 in the DTI, and transmits an ACK frame to the AP / PCP 300 after SIFS (S614).
 次に、STA100は、Probe応答に含まれるスキャン結果をメモリに格納する(S615)。 Next, the STA 100 stores the scan result included in the Probe response in the memory (S615).
 そして、STA100は、AP/PCP300に対するディスカバリを完了する(S616)。なお、STA100は、他のAP/PCP(図示しない)に対するディスカバリを行うため、同一の無線チャネルで、または、無線チャネルを切り換えて、S001に戻り、ディスカバリを繰り返しても良い。 Then, the STA 100 completes discovery for the AP / PCP 300 (S616). Note that the STA 100 may perform discovery for another AP / PCP (not shown), and may return to S001 by repeating the discovery by repeating the same radio channel or switching the radio channel.
 (実施の形態6の変形例)
 AP/PCP300は、コントロールトレイラを付加しBSSに関する短縮情報を含むSSW-FBフレームの送信(図51のA-BFT期間参照)をサポートするか否かを示す情報をDMGビーコン(図51のBTI参照)に含めて送信しても良い。
(Modification of Embodiment 6)
The AP / PCP 300 adds information indicating whether or not to support transmission of the SSW-FB frame including the shortened information related to the BSS (see the A-BFT period in FIG. 51) with the addition of the control trailer (see BTI in FIG. 51). ).
 なお、図51のA-BFT期間において、STA100は、DR=1をSSWフレームに含めても良い。 Note that in the A-BFT period of FIG. 51, the STA 100 may include DR = 1 in the SSW frame.
 図51のA-BFT期間において、STA100は、実施の形態1のProbe応答を要求することを示すフィールドをSSWフレームに含めても良い。また、STA100は、実施の形態1のProbe応答、実施の形態6のコントロールトレイラに含まれるBSSに関する短縮情報のいずれかを要求するか、あるいは、いずれも要求しないかを示すフィールドを、SSWフレームに含めても良い。 51. In the A-BFT period of FIG. 51, the STA 100 may include a field indicating that the Probe response of the first embodiment is requested in the SSW frame. In addition, the STA 100 requests a field indicating whether to request either the Probe response of the first embodiment or the shortened information related to the BSS included in the control trailer of the sixth embodiment or not to the SSW frame. May be included.
 なお、図51のA-BFT期間において、STA100は、SSWフレームの代わりにShort SSWパケットを送信してもよい。 Note that, in the A-BFT period of FIG. 51, the STA 100 may transmit a Short SSW packet instead of the SSW frame.
 AP/PCP300が図51のA-BFT期間のSSW-FBフレームにおいてコントロールトレイラに含める情報は、実施の形態5と同様に、FILS(First Initial Link Setup規格、IEEE802.11ai)に定められる、ディスカバリ情報であってもよい。 The information that the AP / PCP 300 includes in the control trailer in the SSW-FB frame in the A-BFT period of FIG. It may be.
 STA100は、A-BFT期間において受信したBSSに関する短縮情報に基づき、AP/PCP300がディスカバリの対象ではないと判断し、Probe要求の送信を中止しても良い。例えば、BSS Typeが、STA100が使用するアプリケーションに応じたBSS Typeと適合しない場合である。 The STA 100 may determine that the AP / PCP 300 is not a discovery target based on the shortened information regarding the BSS received during the A-BFT period, and may stop transmitting the Probe request. For example, this is a case where the BSS Type does not match the BSS 応 じ Type corresponding to the application used by the STA 100.
 以上のように、AP/PCP300は、A-BFT期間において、ディスカバリ要求を示すフィールド(DR=1)を含むSSWフレームを受信した場合、BSSに関する短縮情報を含めたコントロールトレイラを付加したSSW-FBフレームを送信する。これにより、STA100は、Probe交換を行う前に、BSSに関する短縮情報を取得し、AP/PCP300がディスカバリ対象のAP/PCPか否かを判定できる。よって、不要なProbe交換が行われないため、ディスカバリに要する遅延を短縮でき、他のSTA(図示しない)に対する干渉を抑制できる。 As described above, when the AP / PCP 300 receives an SSW frame including a field (DR = 1) indicating a discovery request in the A-BFT period, the SSW-FB to which the control trailer including the shortened information regarding the BSS is added. Send a frame. As a result, the STA 100 can acquire the shortened information regarding the BSS before performing the probe exchange, and determine whether the AP / PCP 300 is the discovery target AP / PCP. Therefore, since unnecessary probe exchange is not performed, the delay required for discovery can be shortened, and interference with other STAs (not shown) can be suppressed.
 以上、実施の形態について説明した。 The embodiment has been described above.
 上記の実施の形態の説明に用いた各機能ブロックは、典型的には集積回路であるLSIとして実現される。これらは個別に1チップ化されてもよいし、一部または全てを含むように1チップ化されてもよい。ここでは、LSIとしたが、集積度の違いにより、IC、システムLSI、スーパーLSI、ウルトラLSIと呼称されることもある。 Each functional block used in the description of the above embodiment is typically realized as an LSI which is an integrated circuit. These may be individually made into one chip, or may be made into one chip so as to include a part or all of them. The name used here is LSI, but it may also be called IC, system LSI, super LSI, or ultra LSI depending on the degree of integration.
 また、集積回路化の手法はLSIに限るものではなく、専用回路または汎用プロセッサで実現してもよい。LSI製造後に、プログラムすることが可能なFPGA(Field Programmable Gate Array)、又は、LSI内部の回路セルの接続や設定を再構成可能なリコンフィギュラブル・プロセッサーを利用してもよい。 Further, the method of circuit integration is not limited to LSI, and implementation with a dedicated circuit or a general-purpose processor is also possible. An FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array) that can be programmed after manufacturing the LSI or a reconfigurable processor that can reconfigure the connection and setting of circuit cells inside the LSI may be used.
 さらには、半導体技術の進歩または派生する別技術によりLSIに置き換わる集積回路化の技術が登場すれば、当然、その技術を用いて機能ブロックの集積化を行ってもよい。バイオ技術の適用等が可能性としてありえる。 Furthermore, if integrated circuit technology that replaces LSI emerges as a result of advances in semiconductor technology or other derived technology, it is naturally also possible to integrate functional blocks using this technology. Biotechnology can be applied.
 本特許出願は2016年12月5日に出願した米国特許出願第62/430,251号に基づきその優先権を主張するものであり、米国特許出願第62/430,251号の全内容を本願に援用する。 This patent application claims priority from US Patent Application No. 62 / 430,251 filed on December 5, 2016, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Incorporated into.
 本開示の一態様は、今後作成されるWi-Fi規格、例えば、IEEE802.11ay規格に準拠する通信システムに好適である。 One aspect of the present disclosure is suitable for a communication system compliant with a Wi-Fi standard to be created in the future, for example, the IEEE 802.11ay standard.
 100,200 STA
 300 AP/PCP
100,200 STA
300 AP / PCP

Claims (11)

  1.  無線通信装置の無線通信方法であって、
     ビーコン送信期間において、1つ以上のビーコンフレームを送信し、
     前記ビーコン送信期間後のビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において、他の無線通信装置から1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームを受信し、
     前記1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームにディスカバリ要求に関する情報が含まれる場合、前記1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームから前記他の無線通信装置によって選択された第1の送信セクタに関する情報を抽出し、
     前記受信した1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームに含まれる前記他の無線通信装置が用いた送信セクタから第2の送信セクタを選択し、
     前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において、前記選択した第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むフィードバックフレームを前記第1の送信セクタを用いて送信し、
     前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間後のデータ送信期間において、前記選択した第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むプローブ応答フレームを前記第1の送信セクタを用いて送信する、
     無線通信方法。
    A wireless communication method for a wireless communication device, comprising:
    One or more beacon frames are transmitted during the beacon transmission period;
    Receiving one or more transmission sector sweep frames from other wireless communication devices in a beamforming training period after the beacon transmission period;
    If the one or more transmission sector sweep frames include information about a discovery request, the information about the first transmission sector selected by the other wireless communication device is extracted from the one or more transmission sector sweep frames;
    Selecting a second transmission sector from transmission sectors used by the other wireless communication devices included in the received one or more transmission sector sweep frames;
    A feedback frame including information on the selected second transmission sector is transmitted using the first transmission sector in the beamforming training period;
    In the data transmission period after the beamforming training period, a probe response frame including information on the selected second transmission sector is transmitted using the first transmission sector.
    Wireless communication method.
  2.  前記無線通信装置は、
     前記各ビーコンフレームを送信する送信セクタを、ビーコンフレーム毎に変更する、
     請求項1に記載の無線通信方法。
    The wireless communication device
    Changing the transmission sector for transmitting each beacon frame for each beacon frame;
    The wireless communication method according to claim 1.
  3.  前記無線通信装置は、
     前記選択した第1の送信セクタに関する情報に基づいて、前記フィードバックフレームの送信先の他の無線通信装置を決定する、
     請求項1に記載の無線通信方法。
    The wireless communication device
    Determining another wireless communication device to which the feedback frame is to be transmitted, based on the information on the selected first transmission sector;
    The wireless communication method according to claim 1.
  4.  前記第1の送信セクタは、
     前記他の無線通信装置におけるビーコンフレームの受信品質に基づいて、選択される、
     請求項3に記載の無線通信方法。
    The first transmission sector is:
    Selected based on the reception quality of the beacon frame in the other wireless communication device,
    The wireless communication method according to claim 3.
  5.  前記第2の送信セクタは、
     前記無線通信装置における前記送信セクタスイープフレームの受信品質に基づいて、選択される、
     請求項1に記載の無線通信方法。
    The second transmission sector is:
    Selected based on the reception quality of the transmission sector sweep frame in the wireless communication device;
    The wireless communication method according to claim 1.
  6.  無線通信装置の無線通信方法であって、
     ビーコン送信期間において、1つ以上のビーコンフレームを他の無線通信装置から受信し、
     前記1つ以上のビーコンフレームに含まれる前記無線通信装置の送信セクタに関する情報から第1の送信セクタを選択し、
     前記選択した第1の送信セクタに関する情報およびディスカバリ要求に関する情報を含む1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームを他の無線通信装置へ送信し、
     前記ビーコン送信期間後のビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において前記他の無線通信装置から送信される前記他の無線通信装置によって選択された第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むフィードバックフレーム、および、前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間後のデータ送信期間において前記他の無線通信装置から送信される前記第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むプローブ応答フレーム、の少なくとも1つのフレームを受信し、
     前記受信した少なくとも1つのフレームに含まれる前記第2の送信セクタに関する情報を用いて、前記他の無線通信装置にデータを送信する、
     無線通信方法。
    A wireless communication method for a wireless communication device, comprising:
    Receiving one or more beacon frames from other wireless communication devices in a beacon transmission period;
    Selecting a first transmission sector from information regarding the transmission sector of the wireless communication device included in the one or more beacon frames;
    Transmitting one or more transmission sector sweep frames including information regarding the selected first transmission sector and information regarding a discovery request to another wireless communication device;
    A feedback frame including information on the second transmission sector selected by the other wireless communication device transmitted from the other wireless communication device in the beamforming training period after the beacon transmission period, and the beamforming training period Receiving at least one frame of a probe response frame including information on the second transmission sector transmitted from the other wireless communication device in a later data transmission period;
    Using the information about the second transmission sector included in the received at least one frame to transmit data to the other wireless communication device;
    Wireless communication method.
  7.  前記無線通信装置は、
     前記各送信セクタスイープフレームを送信する送信セクタを、送信セクタスイープフレーム毎に変更する、
     請求項6に記載の無線通信方法。
    The wireless communication device
    Changing the transmission sector for transmitting each transmission sector sweep frame for each transmission sector sweep frame;
    The wireless communication method according to claim 6.
  8.  前記第1の送信セクタは、
     前記無線通信装置における前記1つ以上のビーコンフレームの受信品質に基づいて、選択される、
     請求項6に記載の無線通信方法。
    The first transmission sector is:
    Selected based on the reception quality of the one or more beacon frames in the wireless communication device;
    The wireless communication method according to claim 6.
  9.  前記第2の送信セクタは、
     前記他の無線通信装置における前記1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームの受信品質に基づいて、
    選択される、
     請求項6に記載の無線通信方法。
    The second transmission sector is:
    Based on the reception quality of the one or more transmission sector sweep frames in the other wireless communication device,
    Selected,
    The wireless communication method according to claim 6.
  10.  無線通信装置であって、送信回路と、受信回路と、MAC処理回路とを備え、
     前記送信回路は、
     ビーコン送信期間において、1つ以上のビーコンフレームを送信し、
     前記ビーコン送信期間後のビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において、1つ以上のフィードバックフレームを第2の送信セクタを用いて送信し、
     前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間後のデータ送信期間において、プローブ応答フレームを第2の送信セクタを用いて送信し、
     前記受信回路は、
     前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において、他の無線通信装置から1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームを受信し、
     前記MAC処理回路は、
     前記受信した1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームにディスカバリ要求に関する情報が含まれる場合、
     前記受信した1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームに含まれる前記他の無線通信装置によって選択された第1の送信セクタに関する情報を抽出し、
     前記受信した1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームに含まれる前記他の無線通信装置が用いた送信セクタから前記第2の送信セクタを選択し、
     前記選択した第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むフィードバックフレームと、前記選択した第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むプローブ応答フレームとを生成する、
     無線通信装置。
    A wireless communication device comprising a transmission circuit, a reception circuit, and a MAC processing circuit,
    The transmission circuit includes:
    One or more beacon frames are transmitted during the beacon transmission period;
    Transmitting one or more feedback frames using a second transmission sector in a beamforming training period after the beacon transmission period;
    In a data transmission period after the beamforming training period, a probe response frame is transmitted using a second transmission sector,
    The receiving circuit is
    Receiving one or more transmission sector sweep frames from other wireless communication devices during the beamforming training period;
    The MAC processing circuit
    When the received one or more transmission sector sweep frames include information on a discovery request,
    Extracting information on a first transmission sector selected by the other wireless communication device included in the received one or more transmission sector sweep frames;
    Selecting the second transmission sector from transmission sectors used by the other wireless communication devices included in the received one or more transmission sector sweep frames;
    Generating a feedback frame including information about the selected second transmission sector and a probe response frame including information about the selected second transmission sector;
    Wireless communication device.
  11.  無線通信装置であって、受信回路と、MAC処理回路と、送信回路とを備え、
     前記受信回路は、
     ビーコン送信期間において、他の無線通信装置から1つ以上のビーコンフレームを受信し、
     前記ビーコン送信期間後のビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において前記他の無線通信装置から送信される前記他の無線通信装置によって選択された第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むフィードバックフレーム、および、前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間後のデータ送信期間において前記他の無線通信装置から送信される前記第2の送信セクタに関する情報を含むプローブ応答フレーム、の少なくとも1つのフレームを受信し、
     前記MAC処理回路は、
     前記1つ以上のビーコンフレームに含まれる前記無線通信装置の送信セクタに関する情報から第1の送信セクタを選択し、
     前記選択した第1の送信セクタに関する情報およびディスカバリ要求に関する情報を含む1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームを生成し、
     前記送信回路は、
     前記ビームフォーミングトレーニング期間において、前記1つ以上の送信セクタスイープフレームを前記他の無線通信装置へ送信し、
     前記データ送信期間において、前記フィードバックフレームおよび前記プローブ応答フレームの少なくとも1つのフレームに含まれる前記他の無線通信装置によって選択された第2の送信セクタに関する情報を用いて、前記他の無線通信装置にデータを送信する、
     無線通信装置。
    A wireless communication device comprising a receiving circuit, a MAC processing circuit, and a transmitting circuit;
    The receiving circuit is
    In the beacon transmission period, one or more beacon frames are received from other wireless communication devices,
    A feedback frame including information on the second transmission sector selected by the other wireless communication device transmitted from the other wireless communication device in the beamforming training period after the beacon transmission period, and the beamforming training period Receiving at least one frame of a probe response frame including information on the second transmission sector transmitted from the other wireless communication device in a later data transmission period;
    The MAC processing circuit
    Selecting a first transmission sector from information regarding the transmission sector of the wireless communication device included in the one or more beacon frames;
    Generating one or more transmission sector sweep frames including information about the selected first transmission sector and information about a discovery request;
    The transmission circuit includes:
    Transmitting the one or more transmission sector sweep frames to the other wireless communication device during the beamforming training period;
    In the data transmission period, using the information regarding the second transmission sector selected by the other radio communication device included in at least one of the feedback frame and the probe response frame, the other radio communication device Send data,
    Wireless communication device.
PCT/JP2017/041973 2016-12-05 2017-11-22 Wireless communication method and wireless communication device WO2018105397A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780074086.4A CN110024305B (en) 2016-12-05 2017-11-22 Wireless communication method and wireless communication device
EP17878628.1A EP3550732B1 (en) 2016-12-05 2017-11-22 Wireless communication method and wireless communication device
US16/423,221 US10911116B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2019-05-28 Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662430251P 2016-12-05 2016-12-05
US62/430251 2016-12-05
JP2017-216527 2017-11-09
JP2017216527A JP6944852B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2017-11-09 Wireless communication method and wireless communication device

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/423,221 Continuation US10911116B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2019-05-28 Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018105397A1 true WO2018105397A1 (en) 2018-06-14

Family

ID=62490946

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/041973 WO2018105397A1 (en) 2016-12-05 2017-11-22 Wireless communication method and wireless communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI741083B (en)
WO (1) WO2018105397A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020003367A1 (en) * 2018-06-26 2020-01-02 株式会社Nttドコモ User device and base station apparatus

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015132827A1 (en) * 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication apparatus control method
WO2016160727A1 (en) * 2015-03-28 2016-10-06 Intel Corporation Exploratory beamforming training techniques for 60 ghz devices

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015099750A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-02 Intel IP Corporation Apparatus, system and method of selectively responding to wireless transmissions

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015132827A1 (en) * 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication apparatus control method
WO2016160727A1 (en) * 2015-03-28 2016-10-06 Intel Corporation Exploratory beamforming training techniques for 60 ghz devices

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ABU-SURRA, SHADI ET AL.: "PHY/MAC Complete Proposal Specification", IEEE 802. 11-10/0433R2, 18 May 2010 (2010-05-18), pages 1 - 335, XP055176773 *
IEEE 802.11 AD TM-2012, 28 December 2012 (2012-12-28), pages 278 - 314,337-339
KERSTIN JOHNSSON ET AL.: "Scalable A-BFT", IEEE 802. 11-16/1165R3, 13 September 2016 (2016-09-13), XP068107568, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:URL:https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/16/11-16-1165-03-00ay-scalable-a-bft.pptx> [retrieved on 20180205] *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020003367A1 (en) * 2018-06-26 2020-01-02 株式会社Nttドコモ User device and base station apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201826734A (en) 2018-07-16
TWI741083B (en) 2021-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11297481B2 (en) Multi-band millimeter wave discovery in WLAN distribution networks
TWI416885B (en) Implementing a smart antenna in a wireless local area network
KR101754098B1 (en) Communication method of coordinator, relay station, source station, and destination station
CN112243592B (en) Scheduling and triggering millimeter wave discovery assistance through lower band signaling
US7376398B2 (en) Implementing a smart antenna in wireless local area network
JP6944852B2 (en) Wireless communication method and wireless communication device
US11349549B2 (en) Allocation and directional information distribution in millimeter wave WLAN networks
US11601994B2 (en) Unassigned slots announcement in TDD SP channel access WLAN networks
JP7244807B2 (en) A Distributed Scheduling Protocol Using Directional Transmission Knowledge
RU2709827C1 (en) Devices and methods of communication with preparation of beam forming
JP2023123492A (en) Propagating discovery assistance request and response
WO2018105397A1 (en) Wireless communication method and wireless communication device
CN112219424B (en) Communication device and communication method
CN113273090A (en) Cooperative beamforming in wireless networks
WO2023165360A1 (en) Method and apparatus for realizing sensing
CN113170386B (en) Multi-BSS discovery assistance

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17878628

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2017878628

Country of ref document: EP